1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1093 return Result; 1094 } 1095 1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1097 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1098 } 1099 1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1102 /// 1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1105 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1106 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1107 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1108 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1109 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1110 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1111 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1112 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1113 // namespace. 1114 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1115 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1116 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1117 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1118 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1119 1120 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1121 1122 #ifndef NDEBUG 1123 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1124 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1125 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1126 #endif 1127 1128 CurContext = DC; 1129 S->setEntity(DC); 1130 } 1131 1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1133 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1134 1135 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1136 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1137 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1138 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1139 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1140 1141 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1142 // disappear. 1143 } 1144 1145 1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1147 // We assume that the caller has already called 1148 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1149 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1150 if (!FD) 1151 return; 1152 1153 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1154 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1155 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1156 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1157 CurContext = FD; 1158 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1159 1160 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1161 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1162 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1163 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1164 S->AddDecl(Param); 1165 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1166 } 1167 } 1168 } 1169 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1182 /// 1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1188 /// attribute. 1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1190 ASTContext &Context) { 1191 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1192 return true; 1193 1194 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1195 return true; 1196 1197 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1198 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1199 } 1200 1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1203 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1204 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1205 // scope. 1206 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1207 S = S->getParent(); 1208 1209 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1210 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1211 // into any context. 1212 if (AddToContext) 1213 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1214 1215 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1216 // are function-local declarations. 1217 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1218 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1219 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1220 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1221 return; 1222 1223 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1224 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1225 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1226 return; 1227 1228 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1229 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1230 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1231 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1232 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1233 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1235 1236 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1237 break; 1238 } 1239 } 1240 1241 S->AddDecl(D); 1242 1243 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1244 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1245 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1246 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1247 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1248 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1249 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1250 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1251 continue; 1252 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1253 break; 1254 } 1255 1256 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1257 } else { 1258 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1259 } 1260 } 1261 1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1263 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1264 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1265 } 1266 1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1268 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1269 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1270 } 1271 1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1273 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1274 do { 1275 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1276 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1277 return S; 1278 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1279 1280 return nullptr; 1281 } 1282 1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1284 DeclContext*, 1285 ASTContext&); 1286 1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1290 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1291 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1292 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1293 while (F.hasNext()) { 1294 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1295 1296 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1297 continue; 1298 1299 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1300 continue; 1301 1302 F.erase(); 1303 } 1304 1305 F.done(); 1306 } 1307 1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1309 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1311 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1312 } 1313 1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1316 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1317 while (F.hasNext()) 1318 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1319 F.erase(); 1320 1321 F.done(); 1322 } 1323 1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1325 /// @code 1326 /// class S { 1327 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1329 /// }; 1330 /// @endcode 1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1332 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1333 // the decl here. 1334 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1338 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1339 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1340 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1341 return false; 1342 } 1343 1344 // We need this to handle 1345 // 1346 // typedef struct { 1347 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1348 // } A; 1349 // 1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1355 // not. 1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1357 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1358 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1359 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1360 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1361 return true; 1362 } 1363 DC = DC->getParent(); 1364 } 1365 1366 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1367 } 1368 1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1370 // these semantics. 1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1372 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1373 return false; 1374 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1375 } 1376 1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1378 assert(D); 1379 1380 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1381 return false; 1382 1383 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1384 // of members of class templates. 1385 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1386 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1390 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1394 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1395 return false; 1396 } else { 1397 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1398 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1399 return false; 1400 } 1401 1402 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1403 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1404 return false; 1405 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1406 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1407 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1408 // like "inline".) 1409 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1410 return false; 1411 1412 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1413 return false; 1414 1415 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1416 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1417 return false; 1418 } else { 1419 return false; 1420 } 1421 1422 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1423 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1424 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1425 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1426 } 1427 1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1429 if (!D) 1430 return; 1431 1432 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1433 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1434 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1435 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1436 } 1437 1438 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1439 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1440 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1441 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1442 } 1443 1444 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1445 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1446 } 1447 1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1449 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1450 return false; 1451 1452 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1453 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1454 return false; 1455 1456 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1457 return true; 1458 1459 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1460 // functions. 1461 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1462 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1463 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1464 WithinFunction = 1465 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1466 if (!WithinFunction) 1467 return false; 1468 1469 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1470 return true; 1471 1472 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1473 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1474 return false; 1475 1476 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1477 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1478 1479 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1480 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1481 1482 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1483 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1484 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1489 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1490 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1491 return false; 1492 1493 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1494 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1495 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1496 return false; 1497 1498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1499 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1500 return false; 1501 1502 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1503 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1504 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1505 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1506 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1507 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1508 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1509 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1510 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1511 return false; 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1518 } 1519 1520 return true; 1521 } 1522 1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1524 FixItHint &Hint) { 1525 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1526 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1527 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1528 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1529 return; 1530 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1531 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1532 } 1533 return; 1534 } 1535 1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1537 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1538 return; 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1541 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1543 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1545 } 1546 } 1547 1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1551 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1552 return; 1553 1554 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1555 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1556 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1557 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1558 return; 1559 } 1560 1561 FixItHint Hint; 1562 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1563 1564 unsigned DiagID; 1565 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1567 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1569 else 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1571 1572 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1573 } 1574 1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1576 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1577 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1578 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1579 // MS inline assembly label name. 1580 bool Diagnose = false; 1581 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1582 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1583 else 1584 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1585 if (Diagnose) 1586 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1587 } 1588 1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1590 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1591 1592 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1593 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1594 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1595 1596 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1597 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1598 1599 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1600 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1601 1602 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1603 1604 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1605 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1606 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1607 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1608 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1609 } 1610 1611 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1612 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1613 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1614 1615 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1616 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1621 /// 1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1624 /// to the fixed name. 1625 /// 1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1629 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1630 /// 1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1632 /// class could not be found. 1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1634 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1635 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1636 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1637 // creation from this context. 1638 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1639 1640 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1641 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1642 // find an Objective-C class name. 1643 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1644 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1645 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1646 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1647 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1648 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1649 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1650 } 1651 } 1652 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1653 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1654 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1655 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1656 return Def; 1657 } 1658 1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1663 /// ill-formed in C++: 1664 /// @code 1665 /// struct S6 { 1666 /// enum { BAR } e; 1667 /// }; 1668 /// 1669 /// void test_S6() { 1670 /// struct S6 a; 1671 /// a.e = BAR; 1672 /// } 1673 /// @endcode 1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1681 /// contain non-field names. 1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1683 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1684 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1685 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1686 S = S->getParent(); 1687 return S; 1688 } 1689 1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1695 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1696 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1697 return; 1698 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1699 1700 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1701 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1702 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1703 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1704 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1705 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1706 } 1707 1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1709 switch (Error) { 1710 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1711 return ""; 1712 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1713 return "stdio.h"; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1715 return "setjmp.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1717 return "ucontext.h"; 1718 } 1719 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1720 } 1721 1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1723 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1725 /// built-in. 1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1727 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1728 SourceLocation Loc) { 1729 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1730 1731 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1732 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1733 if (Error) { 1734 if (ForRedeclaration) 1735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1736 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1737 return nullptr; 1738 } 1739 1740 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1741 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1742 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1743 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1744 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1745 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1746 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1747 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1748 } 1749 1750 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1751 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1752 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1753 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1754 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1755 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1756 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1757 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1758 } 1759 1760 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1761 Parent, 1762 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1763 SC_Extern, 1764 false, 1765 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1766 New->setImplicit(); 1767 1768 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1769 // FunctionDecl. 1770 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1771 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1772 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1773 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1774 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1775 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1776 SC_None, nullptr); 1777 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1778 Params.push_back(parm); 1779 } 1780 New->setParams(Params); 1781 } 1782 1783 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1784 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1785 1786 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1787 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1788 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1789 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1790 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1791 CurContext = Parent; 1792 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1793 CurContext = SavedContext; 1794 return New; 1795 } 1796 1797 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1798 /// entity if their types are the same. 1799 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1800 /// isSameEntity. 1801 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1802 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1803 LookupResult &Previous) { 1804 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1805 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1806 return; 1807 1808 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1809 if (Previous.empty()) 1810 return; 1811 1812 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1813 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1814 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1815 1816 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1817 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1818 continue; 1819 1820 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1821 // different linkages. 1822 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1823 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1824 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1825 continue; 1826 1827 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1828 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1829 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1830 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1831 continue; 1832 } 1833 1834 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1835 Filter.erase(); 1836 } 1837 1838 Filter.done(); 1839 } 1840 1841 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1842 QualType OldType; 1843 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1844 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1845 else 1846 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1847 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1848 1849 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1850 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1851 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1852 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1853 << Kind << NewType; 1854 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1855 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1856 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1857 return true; 1858 } 1859 1860 if (OldType != NewType && 1861 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1862 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1863 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1864 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1865 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1866 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1867 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1868 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1869 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1870 return true; 1871 } 1872 return false; 1873 } 1874 1875 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1876 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1877 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1878 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1879 /// 1880 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1881 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1882 // merging checks. 1883 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1884 1885 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1886 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1887 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1888 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1889 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1890 default: break; 1891 case 2: 1892 { 1893 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1894 break; 1895 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1896 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1897 break; 1898 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1899 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1900 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1901 break; 1902 } 1903 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1904 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1905 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1906 return; 1907 } 1908 case 5: 1909 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1910 break; 1911 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1912 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1913 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1914 return; 1915 case 3: 1916 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1917 break; 1918 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1919 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1920 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1921 return; 1922 } 1923 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1924 } 1925 1926 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1927 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1928 if (!Old) { 1929 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1930 << New->getDeclName(); 1931 1932 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1933 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1934 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1935 1936 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1937 } 1938 1939 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1940 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1941 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1942 1943 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1944 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1945 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1946 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1947 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1948 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1949 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1950 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1951 // instead of our tag. 1952 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1953 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1954 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1955 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1956 else 1957 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1958 1959 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1960 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1961 } 1962 } 1963 1964 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1965 // with any extensions enabled. 1966 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1967 return; 1968 1969 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1970 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1971 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1972 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1973 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1974 } 1975 1976 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1977 return; 1978 1979 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1980 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1981 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1982 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1983 // to the type to which it already refers. 1984 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1985 return; 1986 1987 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1988 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1989 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1990 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1991 // 1992 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1993 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1994 // 1995 // struct S { 1996 // typedef struct A { } A; 1997 // }; 1998 // 1999 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2000 // allow the above but disallow 2001 // 2002 // struct S { 2003 // typedef int I; 2004 // typedef int I; 2005 // }; 2006 // 2007 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2008 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2009 return; 2010 2011 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2012 << New->getDeclName(); 2013 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2014 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2015 } 2016 2017 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2018 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2019 return; 2020 2021 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2022 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2023 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2024 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2025 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2026 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2027 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2028 return; 2029 2030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2031 << New->getDeclName(); 2032 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2033 } 2034 2035 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2036 /// attribute. 2037 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2038 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2039 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2040 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2041 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2042 if (Ann) { 2043 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2044 return true; 2045 continue; 2046 } 2047 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2048 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2049 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2050 return true; 2051 } 2052 2053 return false; 2054 } 2055 2056 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2057 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2058 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2059 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2060 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2061 return true; 2062 } 2063 2064 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2065 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2066 /// 2067 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2068 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2069 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2070 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2071 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2072 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2073 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2074 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2075 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2076 // in a case like: 2077 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2078 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2079 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2080 // definition in such a case. 2081 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2082 return false; 2083 2084 if (I->isAlignas()) 2085 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2086 2087 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2088 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2089 OldAlign = Align; 2090 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2091 } 2092 } 2093 2094 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2095 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2096 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2097 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2098 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2099 return false; 2100 2101 if (I->isAlignas()) 2102 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2103 2104 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2105 if (Align > NewAlign) 2106 NewAlign = Align; 2107 } 2108 2109 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2110 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2111 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2112 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2113 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2114 2115 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2116 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2117 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2118 QualType Ty; 2119 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2120 Ty = VD->getType(); 2121 else 2122 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2123 2124 if (OldAlign == 0) 2125 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2126 if (NewAlign == 0) 2127 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2128 } 2129 2130 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2131 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2132 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2133 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2134 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2135 } 2136 } 2137 2138 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2139 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2140 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2141 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2142 // equivalent alignment. 2143 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2144 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2145 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2146 // have no alignment specifier. 2147 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2148 << OldAlignasAttr; 2149 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2150 << OldAlignasAttr; 2151 } 2152 2153 bool AnyAdded = false; 2154 2155 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2156 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2157 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2158 Clone->setInherited(true); 2159 New->addAttr(Clone); 2160 AnyAdded = true; 2161 } 2162 2163 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2164 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2165 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2166 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2167 Clone->setInherited(true); 2168 New->addAttr(Clone); 2169 AnyAdded = true; 2170 } 2171 2172 return AnyAdded; 2173 } 2174 2175 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2176 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2177 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2178 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2179 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2180 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2181 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2182 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2183 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2184 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2185 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2186 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2187 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2188 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2189 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2190 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2191 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2192 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2193 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2194 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2195 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2196 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2197 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2198 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2199 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2200 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2201 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2202 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2203 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2204 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2205 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2206 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2207 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2208 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2209 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2210 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2211 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2212 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2213 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2217 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2218 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2219 NewAttr = nullptr; 2220 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2221 NewAttr = nullptr; 2222 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2223 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2224 2225 if (NewAttr) { 2226 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2227 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2228 return true; 2229 } 2230 2231 return false; 2232 } 2233 2234 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2235 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2236 return TD->getDefinition(); 2237 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2238 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2239 if (Def) 2240 return Def; 2241 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2242 } 2243 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2244 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2245 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2246 return Def; 2247 } 2248 return nullptr; 2249 } 2250 2251 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2252 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2253 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2254 return true; 2255 return false; 2256 } 2257 2258 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2259 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2260 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2261 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2262 return; 2263 2264 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2265 if (!Def || Def == New) 2266 return; 2267 2268 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2269 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2270 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2271 2272 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2273 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2274 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2275 else { 2276 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2277 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2278 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2279 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2280 : diag::err_redefinition; 2281 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2282 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2283 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2284 } 2285 ++I; 2286 continue; 2287 } 2288 2289 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2290 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2291 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2292 ++I; 2293 continue; 2294 } 2295 } 2296 2297 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2298 ++I; 2299 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2300 } 2301 2302 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2303 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2304 ++I; 2305 continue; 2306 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2307 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2308 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2309 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2310 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2311 // equivalent alignment. 2312 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2313 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2314 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2315 // have no alignment specifier. 2316 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2317 << AA; 2318 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2319 << AA; 2320 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2321 --E; 2322 continue; 2323 } 2324 } 2325 2326 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2327 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2328 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2329 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2330 --E; 2331 } 2332 } 2333 2334 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2335 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2336 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2337 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2338 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2339 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2340 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2341 } 2342 2343 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2344 return; 2345 2346 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2347 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2348 2349 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2350 return; 2351 2352 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2353 2354 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2355 // we process them. 2356 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2357 2358 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2359 bool Override = false; 2360 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2361 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2362 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2363 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2364 switch (AMK) { 2365 case AMK_None: 2366 continue; 2367 2368 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2369 break; 2370 2371 case AMK_Override: 2372 Override = true; 2373 break; 2374 } 2375 } 2376 2377 // Already handled. 2378 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2379 continue; 2380 2381 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2382 foundAny = true; 2383 } 2384 2385 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2386 foundAny = true; 2387 2388 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2389 } 2390 2391 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2392 /// to the new one. 2393 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2394 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2395 Sema &S) { 2396 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2397 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2398 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2399 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2400 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2401 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2402 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2403 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2404 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2405 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2406 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2407 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2408 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2409 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2410 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2411 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2412 } 2413 2414 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2415 return; 2416 2417 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2418 2419 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2420 // done before we process them. 2421 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2422 2423 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2424 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2425 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2426 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2427 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2428 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2429 foundAny = true; 2430 } 2431 } 2432 2433 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2434 } 2435 2436 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2437 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2438 Sema &S) { 2439 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2440 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2441 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2442 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2443 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2444 *Newnullability, 2445 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2446 != 0)) 2447 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2448 *Oldnullability, 2449 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2450 != 0)); 2451 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2452 } 2453 } else { 2454 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2455 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2456 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2457 NewT, NewT); 2458 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2459 } 2460 } 2461 } 2462 2463 namespace { 2464 2465 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2466 /// C. 2467 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2468 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2469 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2470 QualType PromotedType; 2471 }; 2472 2473 } 2474 2475 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2476 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2477 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2478 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2479 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2480 2481 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2482 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2483 2484 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2485 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2486 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2487 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2488 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2489 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2490 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2491 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2492 } 2493 2494 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2495 } 2496 2497 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2498 // declaration, or a declaration. 2499 template <typename T> 2500 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2501 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2502 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2503 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2504 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2505 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2506 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2507 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2508 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2509 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2510 } else 2511 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2512 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2513 } 2514 2515 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2516 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2517 /// GNU89 mode. 2518 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2519 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2520 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2521 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2522 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2523 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2524 } 2525 2526 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2527 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2528 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2529 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2530 return AT; 2531 } 2532 2533 template <typename T> 2534 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2535 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2536 if (DC->isRecord()) 2537 return false; 2538 2539 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2540 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2541 return true; 2542 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2543 return true; 2544 return false; 2545 } 2546 2547 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2548 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2549 2550 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2551 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2552 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2553 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2554 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2555 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2556 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2557 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2558 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2559 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2560 // and function templates; or 2561 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2562 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2563 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2564 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2565 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2566 2567 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2568 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2569 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2570 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2571 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2572 2573 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2574 if (Old && 2575 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2576 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2577 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2578 Old = nullptr; 2579 2580 if (!Old) { 2581 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2582 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2583 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2584 return true; 2585 } 2586 return false; 2587 } 2588 2589 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2590 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2591 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2592 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2593 /// 2594 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2595 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2596 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2597 /// merged with. 2598 /// 2599 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2600 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2601 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2602 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2603 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2604 if (!Old) { 2605 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2606 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2607 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2608 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2609 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2610 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2611 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2612 return true; 2613 } 2614 2615 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2616 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2617 return true; 2618 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2619 } else { 2620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2621 << New->getDeclName(); 2622 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2623 return true; 2624 } 2625 } 2626 2627 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2628 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2629 return true; 2630 2631 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2632 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2633 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2634 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2635 2636 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2637 // is an extern inline function. 2638 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2639 // storage classes. 2640 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2641 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2642 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2643 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2644 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2645 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2646 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2647 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2648 } else { 2649 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2650 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2651 return true; 2652 } 2653 } 2654 2655 2656 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2657 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2658 // convention of the first. 2659 // 2660 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2661 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2662 // 2663 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2664 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2665 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2666 // 2667 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2668 // other tests to run. 2669 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2670 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2671 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2672 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2673 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2674 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2675 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2676 2677 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2678 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2679 const FunctionType *FT = 2680 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2681 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2682 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2683 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2684 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2685 // there but not here. 2686 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2687 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2688 } else { 2689 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2690 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2691 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2692 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2693 << !FirstCCExplicit 2694 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2695 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2696 2697 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2698 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2699 return true; 2700 } 2701 } 2702 2703 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2704 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2705 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2706 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2707 } 2708 2709 // Merge regparm attribute. 2710 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2711 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2712 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2713 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2714 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2715 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2716 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2717 return true; 2718 } 2719 2720 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2721 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2722 } 2723 2724 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2725 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2726 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2727 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2728 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2729 return true; 2730 } 2731 2732 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2733 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2734 } 2735 2736 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2737 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2738 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2739 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2740 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2741 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2742 } 2743 2744 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2745 // UndefinedButUsed. 2746 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2747 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2748 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2749 Old->isUsed(false) && 2750 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2751 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2752 SourceLocation())); 2753 2754 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2755 // about it. 2756 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2757 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2758 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2759 } 2760 2761 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2762 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2763 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2764 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2765 // cannot be overloaded. 2766 2767 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2768 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2769 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2770 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2771 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2772 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2773 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2774 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2775 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2776 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2777 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2778 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2779 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2780 QualType ResQT; 2781 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2782 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2783 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2784 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2785 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2786 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2787 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2788 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2789 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2790 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2791 else 2792 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2793 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2794 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2795 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2796 return true; 2797 } 2798 else 2799 NewQType = ResQT; 2800 } 2801 2802 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2803 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2804 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2805 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2806 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2807 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2808 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2809 New->setType( 2810 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2811 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2812 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2813 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2814 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2815 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2816 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2817 } 2818 } 2819 2820 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2821 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2822 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2823 // Preserve triviality. 2824 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2825 2826 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2827 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2828 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2829 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2830 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2831 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2832 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2833 2834 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2835 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2836 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2837 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2838 // is a static member function declaration. 2839 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2840 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2841 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2842 return true; 2843 } 2844 2845 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2846 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2847 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2848 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2849 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2850 unsigned NewDiag; 2851 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2852 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2853 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2854 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2855 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2856 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2857 else 2858 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2859 2860 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2861 } else { 2862 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2863 << New << New->getType(); 2864 } 2865 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2866 return true; 2867 2868 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2869 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2870 // 2871 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2872 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2873 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2874 if (isFriend) { 2875 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2876 } else { 2877 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2878 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2879 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2880 return true; 2881 } 2882 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2883 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2884 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2885 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2886 return true; 2887 } 2888 } 2889 2890 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2891 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2892 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2893 // attribute. 2894 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2895 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2896 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2897 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2898 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2899 } 2900 2901 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2902 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2903 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2904 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2905 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2906 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2907 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2908 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2909 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2910 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2911 } 2912 2913 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2914 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2915 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2916 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2917 2918 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2919 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2920 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2921 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2922 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2923 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2924 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2925 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2926 } 2927 2928 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2929 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2930 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2931 // 2932 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2933 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2934 // linkage within class scope. 2935 // 2936 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2937 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2938 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2939 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2940 } else { 2941 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2942 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2943 return true; 2944 } 2945 } 2946 2947 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2948 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2949 2950 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2951 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2952 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2953 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2954 // when we instantiate the function. 2955 return false; 2956 } 2957 2958 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2959 } 2960 2961 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2962 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2963 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2964 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2965 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2966 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2967 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2968 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2969 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2970 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2971 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2972 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2973 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2974 NewQType = 2975 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2976 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2977 New->setType(NewQType); 2978 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2979 2980 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2981 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2982 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2983 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2984 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2985 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2986 SC_None, nullptr); 2987 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2988 Param->setImplicit(); 2989 Params.push_back(Param); 2990 } 2991 2992 New->setParams(Params); 2993 } 2994 2995 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2996 } 2997 2998 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2999 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3000 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3001 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3002 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3003 // the prototype. 3004 // 3005 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3006 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3007 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3008 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3009 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3010 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3011 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3012 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3013 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3014 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3015 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3016 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3017 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3018 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3019 3020 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3021 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3022 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3023 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3024 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3025 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3026 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3027 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3028 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3029 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3030 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3031 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3032 NewParm->getType(), 3033 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3034 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3035 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3036 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3037 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3038 } else 3039 LooseCompatible = false; 3040 } 3041 3042 if (LooseCompatible) { 3043 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3044 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3045 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3046 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3047 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3048 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3049 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3050 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3051 } 3052 3053 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3054 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3055 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3056 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3057 } 3058 3059 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3060 } 3061 3062 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3063 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3064 3065 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3066 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3067 unsigned BuiltinID; 3068 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3069 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3070 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3071 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3072 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3073 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3074 << Old << Old->getType(); 3075 3076 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3077 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3078 // 3079 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3080 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3081 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3082 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3083 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3084 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3085 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3086 3087 return false; 3088 } 3089 3090 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3091 } 3092 3093 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3094 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3095 return true; 3096 } 3097 3098 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3099 /// known to be compatible. 3100 /// 3101 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3102 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3103 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3104 /// redeclaration of Old. 3105 /// 3106 /// \returns false 3107 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3108 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3109 // Merge the attributes 3110 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3111 3112 // Merge "pure" flag. 3113 if (Old->isPure()) 3114 New->setPure(); 3115 3116 // Merge "used" flag. 3117 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3118 New->setIsUsed(); 3119 3120 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3121 // declarations. 3122 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3123 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3124 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3125 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3126 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3127 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3128 } 3129 3130 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3131 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3132 3133 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3134 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3135 // was visible. 3136 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3137 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3138 New->setType(Merged); 3139 3140 return false; 3141 } 3142 3143 3144 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3145 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3146 3147 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3148 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3149 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3150 : AMK_Override; 3151 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3152 3153 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3154 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3155 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3156 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3157 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3158 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3159 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3160 3161 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3162 } 3163 3164 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3165 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3166 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3167 /// 3168 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3169 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3170 /// is attached. 3171 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3172 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3173 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3174 return; 3175 3176 QualType MergedT; 3177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3178 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3179 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3180 return; 3181 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3182 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3183 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3184 } 3185 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3186 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3187 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3188 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3189 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3190 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3191 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3192 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3193 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3194 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3195 NewArray->getElementType())) 3196 MergedT = New->getType(); 3197 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3198 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3199 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3200 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3201 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3202 NewArray->getElementType())) 3203 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3204 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3205 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3206 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3207 Old->getType()); 3208 } 3209 } else { 3210 // C 6.2.7p2: 3211 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3212 // compatible type. 3213 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3214 } 3215 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3216 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3217 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3218 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3219 // equivalent. 3220 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3221 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3222 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3223 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3224 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3225 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3226 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3227 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3228 return; 3229 } 3230 3231 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3232 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3233 // 3234 // extern int arr[]; 3235 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3236 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3237 // 3238 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3239 // to diagnose it. 3240 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3241 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3242 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3243 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3244 3245 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3246 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3247 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3248 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3249 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3250 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3251 } 3252 3253 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3254 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3255 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3256 New->setType(MergedT); 3257 } 3258 3259 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3260 LookupResult &Previous) { 3261 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3262 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3263 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3264 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3265 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3266 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3267 // 3268 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3269 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3270 return false; 3271 3272 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3273 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3274 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3275 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3276 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3277 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3278 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3279 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3280 } else { 3281 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3282 // type unless we're in the same function. 3283 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3284 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3285 } 3286 } 3287 3288 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3289 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3290 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3291 /// 3292 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3293 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3294 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3295 /// 3296 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3297 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3298 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3299 return; 3300 3301 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3302 3303 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3304 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3305 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3306 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3307 if (NewTemplate) { 3308 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3309 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3310 3311 if (auto *Shadow = 3312 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3313 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3314 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3315 } else { 3316 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3317 3318 if (auto *Shadow = 3319 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3320 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3321 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3322 } 3323 } 3324 if (!Old) { 3325 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3326 << New->getDeclName(); 3327 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3328 diag::note_previous_definition); 3329 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3330 } 3331 3332 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3333 return; 3334 3335 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3336 if (NewTemplate && 3337 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3338 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3339 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3340 return; 3341 3342 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3343 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3344 // 3345 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3346 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3347 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3348 << New->getIdentifier(); 3349 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3350 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3351 } 3352 3353 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3354 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3355 // declaration 3356 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3357 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3358 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3359 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3360 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3361 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3362 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3363 } 3364 3365 // Merge the types. 3366 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3367 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3368 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3369 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3370 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3371 return; 3372 } 3373 3374 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3375 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3376 return; 3377 3378 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3379 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3380 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3381 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3382 3383 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3384 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3385 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3386 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3387 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3388 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3389 << New->getDeclName(); 3390 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3391 } else { 3392 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3393 << New->getDeclName(); 3394 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3395 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3396 } 3397 } 3398 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3399 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3400 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3401 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3402 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3403 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3404 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3405 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3406 // identifier has external linkage. 3407 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3408 /* Okay */; 3409 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3410 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3411 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3412 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3413 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3414 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3415 } 3416 3417 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3418 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3419 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3420 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3421 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3422 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3423 } 3424 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3425 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3426 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3427 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3428 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3429 } 3430 3431 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3432 3433 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3434 // need to check for mismatches. 3435 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3436 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3437 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3438 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3439 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3440 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3441 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3442 } 3443 3444 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3445 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3446 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3447 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3448 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3449 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3450 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3451 } else { 3452 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3453 // static and dynamic initialization. 3454 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3455 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3457 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3458 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3459 } 3460 } 3461 3462 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3463 VarDecl *Def; 3464 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3465 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3466 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3467 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3468 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3469 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3470 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3471 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3472 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3473 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3474 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3475 } else { 3476 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3477 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3478 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3479 return; 3480 } 3481 } 3482 3483 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3484 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3485 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3486 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3487 return; 3488 } 3489 3490 // Merge "used" flag. 3491 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3492 New->setIsUsed(); 3493 3494 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3495 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3496 if (NewTemplate) 3497 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3498 3499 // Inherit access appropriately. 3500 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3501 if (NewTemplate) 3502 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3503 } 3504 3505 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3506 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3507 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3508 DeclSpec &DS) { 3509 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3510 } 3511 3512 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3513 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3514 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3515 // compatibility. 3516 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3517 // targeted. 3518 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3519 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3520 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3521 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3522 } 3523 3524 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3525 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3526 return; 3527 3528 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3529 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3530 // it is anonymous. 3531 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3532 return; 3533 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3534 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3535 Context.setManglingNumber( 3536 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3537 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3538 return; 3539 } 3540 3541 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3542 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3543 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3544 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3545 Context.setManglingNumber( 3546 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3547 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3548 } 3549 } 3550 3551 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3552 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3553 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3554 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3555 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3556 return; 3557 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3558 return; 3559 3560 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3561 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3562 3563 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3564 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3565 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3566 return; 3567 3568 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3569 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3570 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3571 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3572 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3573 // for how to handle it. 3574 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3575 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3576 3577 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3578 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3579 3580 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3581 textToInsert += ' '; 3582 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3583 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3584 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3585 return; 3586 } 3587 3588 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3589 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3590 } 3591 3592 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3593 switch (T) { 3594 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3595 return 0; 3596 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3597 return 1; 3598 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3599 return 2; 3600 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3601 return 3; 3602 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3603 return 4; 3604 default: 3605 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3606 } 3607 } 3608 3609 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3610 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3611 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3612 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3613 DeclSpec &DS, 3614 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3615 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3616 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3617 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3618 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3619 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3620 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3621 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3622 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3623 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3624 3625 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3626 return nullptr; 3627 3628 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3629 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3630 // it's a Type. 3631 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3632 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3633 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3634 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3635 } 3636 3637 if (Tag) { 3638 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3639 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3640 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3641 return Tag; 3642 } 3643 3644 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3645 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3646 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3647 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3648 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3649 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3650 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3651 } 3652 3653 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3654 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3655 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3656 if (Tag) 3657 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3658 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3659 else 3660 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3661 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3662 return TagD; 3663 } 3664 3665 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3666 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3667 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3668 // its initializer. 3669 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3670 return TagD; 3671 } 3672 3673 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3674 3675 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3676 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3677 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3678 if (TagD && !Tag) 3679 return nullptr; 3680 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3681 } 3682 3683 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3684 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3685 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3686 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3687 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3688 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3689 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3690 // or an explicit specialization. 3691 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3692 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3693 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3694 return nullptr; 3695 } 3696 3697 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3698 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3699 3700 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3701 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3702 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3703 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3704 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3705 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3706 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3707 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3708 3709 DeclaresAnything = false; 3710 } 3711 } 3712 3713 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3714 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3715 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3716 // 3717 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3718 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3719 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3720 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3721 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3722 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3723 // struct STRUCT; 3724 // union UNION; 3725 // and 3726 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3727 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3728 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3729 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3730 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3731 if (Tag) 3732 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3733 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3734 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3735 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3736 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3737 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3738 3739 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3740 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3741 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3742 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3743 } 3744 3745 DeclaresAnything = false; 3746 } 3747 } 3748 3749 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3750 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3751 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3752 return TagD; 3753 3754 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3755 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3756 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3757 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3758 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3759 DeclaresAnything = false; 3760 3761 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3762 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3763 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3764 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3765 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3766 else 3767 DeclaresAnything = false; 3768 } 3769 3770 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3771 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3772 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3773 << Tag->getTagKind() 3774 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3775 3776 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3777 3778 // C 6.7/2: 3779 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3780 // or the members of an enumeration. 3781 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3782 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3783 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3784 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3785 // previous declaration. 3786 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3787 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3788 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3789 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3790 return TagD; 3791 } 3792 3793 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3794 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3795 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3796 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3797 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3798 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3799 // 3800 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3801 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3802 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3803 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3804 3805 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3806 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3807 // useless. 3808 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3809 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3810 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3811 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3812 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3813 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3814 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3815 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3816 } 3817 3818 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3819 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3820 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3821 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3822 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3823 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3824 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3825 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3826 // Restrict is covered above. 3827 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3828 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3829 } 3830 3831 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3832 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3833 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3834 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3835 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3836 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3837 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3838 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3839 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3840 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3841 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3842 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3843 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3844 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3845 } 3846 } 3847 3848 return TagD; 3849 } 3850 3851 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3852 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3853 /// 3854 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3855 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3856 Scope *S, 3857 DeclContext *Owner, 3858 DeclarationName Name, 3859 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3860 unsigned diagnostic) { 3861 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3862 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3863 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3864 3865 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3866 return false; 3867 3868 // Pick a representative declaration. 3869 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3870 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3871 3872 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3873 return false; 3874 3875 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3876 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3877 3878 return true; 3879 } 3880 3881 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3882 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3883 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3884 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3885 /// struct, e.g., 3886 /// 3887 /// @code 3888 /// union { 3889 /// int i; 3890 /// float f; 3891 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3892 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3893 /// @endcode 3894 /// 3895 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3896 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3897 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3898 DeclContext *Owner, 3899 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3900 AccessSpecifier AS, 3901 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3902 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3903 unsigned diagKind 3904 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3905 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3906 3907 bool Invalid = false; 3908 3909 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3910 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3911 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3912 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3913 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3914 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3915 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3916 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3917 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3918 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3919 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3920 Invalid = true; 3921 } else { 3922 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3923 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3924 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3925 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3926 // anonymous union is declared. 3927 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3928 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3929 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3930 else 3931 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3932 3933 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3934 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3935 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3936 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3937 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3938 3939 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3940 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3941 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3942 3943 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3944 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3945 3946 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3947 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3948 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3949 3950 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3951 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3952 3953 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3954 } 3955 } 3956 } 3957 3958 return Invalid; 3959 } 3960 3961 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3962 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3963 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3964 static StorageClass 3965 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3966 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3967 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3968 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3969 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3970 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3971 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3972 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3973 return SC_None; 3974 return SC_Extern; 3975 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3976 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3977 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3978 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3979 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3980 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3981 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3982 } 3983 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3984 } 3985 3986 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3987 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3988 3989 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3990 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3991 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3992 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3993 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3994 return FD->getLocation(); 3995 } 3996 3997 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3998 } 3999 4000 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4001 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4002 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4003 return; 4004 4005 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4006 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4007 } 4008 4009 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4010 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4011 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4012 return; 4013 4014 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4015 } 4016 4017 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4018 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4019 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4020 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4021 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4022 AccessSpecifier AS, 4023 RecordDecl *Record, 4024 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4025 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4026 4027 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4028 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4029 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4030 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4031 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4032 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4033 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4034 4035 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4036 // structs/unions. 4037 bool Invalid = false; 4038 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4039 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4040 unsigned DiagID; 4041 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4042 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4043 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4044 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4045 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4046 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4047 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4048 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4049 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4050 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4051 4052 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4053 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4054 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4055 } 4056 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4057 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4058 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4059 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4060 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4061 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4062 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4063 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4064 4065 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4066 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4067 SourceLocation(), 4068 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4069 } 4070 } 4071 4072 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4073 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4074 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4075 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4076 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4077 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4078 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4079 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4080 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4081 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4082 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4083 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4084 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4085 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4086 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4087 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4088 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4089 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4090 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4091 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4092 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4093 4094 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4095 } 4096 4097 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4098 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4099 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4100 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4101 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4102 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4103 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4104 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4105 // members (clause 11). 4106 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4107 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4108 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4109 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4110 Invalid = true; 4111 } 4112 4113 // C++ [class.union]p1 4114 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4115 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4116 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4117 // array of such objects. 4118 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4119 Invalid = true; 4120 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4121 // Any implicit members are fine. 4122 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4123 // This is a type that showed up in an 4124 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4125 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4126 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4127 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4128 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4129 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4130 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4131 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4132 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4133 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4134 else { 4135 // This is a nested type declaration. 4136 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4137 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4138 Invalid = true; 4139 } 4140 } else { 4141 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4142 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4143 // not part of standard C++. 4144 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4145 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4146 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4147 } 4148 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4149 // Any access specifier is fine. 4150 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4151 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4152 } else { 4153 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4154 // member. Complain about it. 4155 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4156 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4157 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4158 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4159 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4160 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4161 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4162 4163 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4164 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4165 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4166 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4167 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4168 else { 4169 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4170 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4171 Invalid = true; 4172 } 4173 } 4174 } 4175 4176 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4177 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4178 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4179 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4180 Owner->isRecord()) 4181 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4182 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4183 } 4184 4185 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4186 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4187 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4188 Invalid = true; 4189 } 4190 4191 // Mock up a declarator. 4192 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4193 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4194 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4195 4196 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4197 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4198 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4199 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4200 DS.getLocStart(), 4201 Record->getLocation(), 4202 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4203 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4204 TInfo, 4205 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4206 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4207 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4208 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4209 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4210 } else { 4211 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4212 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4213 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4214 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4215 // an error here 4216 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4217 Invalid = true; 4218 SC = SC_None; 4219 } 4220 4221 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4222 DS.getLocStart(), 4223 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4224 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4225 TInfo, SC); 4226 4227 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4228 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4229 // initializer: 4230 // union { int n = 0; }; 4231 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4232 } 4233 Anon->setImplicit(); 4234 4235 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4236 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4237 4238 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4239 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4240 // its members. 4241 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4242 4243 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4244 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4245 // purposes. 4246 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4247 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4248 4249 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4250 Chain, false)) 4251 Invalid = true; 4252 4253 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4254 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4255 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4256 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4257 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4258 Context.setManglingNumber( 4259 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4260 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4261 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4262 } 4263 } 4264 } 4265 4266 if (Invalid) 4267 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4268 4269 return Anon; 4270 } 4271 4272 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4273 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4274 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4275 /// Example: 4276 /// 4277 /// struct A { int a; }; 4278 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4279 /// 4280 /// void foo() { 4281 /// B var; 4282 /// var.a = 3; 4283 /// } 4284 /// 4285 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4286 RecordDecl *Record) { 4287 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4288 4289 // Mock up a declarator. 4290 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4291 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4292 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4293 4294 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4295 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4296 4297 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4298 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4299 ParentDecl, 4300 DS.getLocStart(), 4301 DS.getLocStart(), 4302 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4303 RecTy, 4304 TInfo, 4305 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4306 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4307 Anon->setImplicit(); 4308 4309 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4310 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4311 4312 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4313 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4314 // purposes. 4315 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4316 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4317 4318 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4319 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4320 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4321 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4322 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4323 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4324 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4325 } 4326 4327 return Anon; 4328 } 4329 4330 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4331 /// given Declarator. 4332 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4333 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4334 } 4335 4336 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4337 DeclarationNameInfo 4338 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4339 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4340 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4341 4342 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4343 4344 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4345 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4346 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4347 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4348 return NameInfo; 4349 4350 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4351 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4352 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4353 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4354 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4355 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4356 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4357 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4358 return NameInfo; 4359 4360 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4361 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4362 Name.Identifier)); 4363 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4364 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4365 return NameInfo; 4366 4367 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4368 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4369 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4370 if (Ty.isNull()) 4371 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4372 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4373 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4374 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4375 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4376 return NameInfo; 4377 } 4378 4379 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4380 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4381 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4382 if (Ty.isNull()) 4383 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4384 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4385 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4386 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4387 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4388 return NameInfo; 4389 } 4390 4391 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4392 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4393 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4394 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4395 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4396 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4397 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4398 4399 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4400 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4401 4402 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4403 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4404 // was qualified. 4405 4406 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4407 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4408 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4409 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4410 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4411 return NameInfo; 4412 } 4413 4414 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4415 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4416 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4417 if (Ty.isNull()) 4418 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4419 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4420 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4421 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4422 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4423 return NameInfo; 4424 } 4425 4426 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4427 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4428 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4429 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4430 } 4431 4432 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4433 4434 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4435 } 4436 4437 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4438 do { 4439 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4440 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4441 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4442 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4443 else 4444 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4445 } while (true); 4446 } 4447 4448 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4449 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4450 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4451 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4452 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4453 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4454 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4455 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4456 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4457 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4458 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4459 Params.clear(); 4460 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4461 return false; 4462 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4463 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4464 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4465 4466 // The parameter types are identical 4467 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4468 continue; 4469 4470 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4471 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4472 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4473 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4474 4475 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4476 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4477 Params.push_back(Idx); 4478 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4479 return false; 4480 } 4481 4482 return true; 4483 } 4484 4485 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4486 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4487 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4488 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4489 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4490 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4491 DeclarationName Name) { 4492 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4493 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4494 // - types which will become injected class names 4495 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4496 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4497 // few cases here. 4498 4499 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4500 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4501 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4502 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4503 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4504 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4505 // Grab the type from the parser. 4506 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4507 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4508 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4509 4510 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4511 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4512 // attached already. 4513 if (!TSI) 4514 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4515 4516 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4517 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4518 if (!TSI) return true; 4519 4520 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4521 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4522 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4523 break; 4524 } 4525 4526 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4527 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4528 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4529 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4530 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4531 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4532 break; 4533 } 4534 4535 default: 4536 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4537 break; 4538 } 4539 4540 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4541 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4542 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4543 4544 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4545 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4546 // pointer. 4547 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4548 continue; 4549 4550 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4551 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4552 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4553 return true; 4554 } 4555 4556 return false; 4557 } 4558 4559 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4560 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4561 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4562 4563 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4564 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4565 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4566 4567 return Dcl; 4568 } 4569 4570 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4571 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4572 /// name different from T: 4573 /// - every static data member of class T; 4574 /// - every member function of class T 4575 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4576 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4577 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4578 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4579 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4580 4581 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4582 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4583 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4584 return true; 4585 } 4586 4587 return false; 4588 } 4589 4590 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4591 /// nested-name-specifier. 4592 /// 4593 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4594 /// 4595 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4596 /// resolves. 4597 /// 4598 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4599 /// 4600 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4601 /// 4602 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4603 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4604 DeclarationName Name, 4605 SourceLocation Loc) { 4606 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4607 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4608 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4609 4610 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4611 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4612 // 4613 // class X { 4614 // void X::f(); 4615 // }; 4616 // 4617 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4618 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4619 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4620 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4621 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4622 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4623 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4624 SS.clear(); 4625 } else { 4626 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4627 } 4628 return false; 4629 } 4630 4631 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4632 // declaration. 4633 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4634 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4635 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4636 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4637 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4638 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4639 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4640 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4642 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4643 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4644 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4645 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4646 else 4647 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4648 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4649 4650 return true; 4651 } 4652 4653 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4654 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4655 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4656 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4657 SS.clear(); 4658 4659 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4660 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4661 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4662 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4663 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4664 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4665 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4666 return true; 4667 4668 return false; 4669 } 4670 4671 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4672 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4673 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4674 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4675 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4676 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4677 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4678 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4679 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4680 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4681 4682 return false; 4683 } 4684 4685 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4686 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4687 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4688 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4689 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4690 4691 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4692 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4693 if (!Name) { 4694 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4695 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4696 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4697 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4698 return nullptr; 4699 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4700 return nullptr; 4701 4702 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4703 // we find one that is. 4704 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4705 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4706 S = S->getParent(); 4707 4708 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4709 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4710 D.setInvalidType(); 4711 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4712 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4713 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4714 return nullptr; 4715 4716 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4717 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4718 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4719 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4720 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4721 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4722 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4723 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4724 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4725 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4726 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4727 return nullptr; 4728 } 4729 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4730 4731 if (!IsDependentContext && 4732 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4733 return nullptr; 4734 4735 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4736 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4737 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4738 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4739 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4740 return nullptr; 4741 } 4742 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4743 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4744 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4745 if (DC->isRecord()) 4746 return nullptr; 4747 4748 D.setInvalidType(); 4749 } 4750 } 4751 4752 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4753 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4754 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4755 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4756 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4757 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4758 D.setInvalidType(); 4759 } 4760 } 4761 4762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4763 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4764 4765 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4766 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4767 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4768 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4769 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4770 return nullptr; 4771 4772 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4773 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4774 D.setInvalidType(); 4775 4776 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4777 ForRedeclaration); 4778 4779 // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration 4780 // lookup, let name lookup know. 4781 if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) && 4782 getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage && 4783 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4784 Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false); 4785 4786 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4787 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4788 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4789 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4790 4791 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4792 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4793 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4794 // 4795 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4796 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4797 // the same name. 4798 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4799 /* Do nothing*/; 4800 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4801 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4802 R->isFunctionType())) { 4803 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4804 CreateBuiltins = 4805 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4806 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4807 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4808 CreateBuiltins = true; 4809 4810 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4811 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4812 4813 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4814 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4815 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4816 4817 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4818 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4819 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4820 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4821 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4822 // thereof; [...] 4823 // 4824 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4825 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4826 // we want to match. For example, given: 4827 // 4828 // class X { 4829 // void f(); 4830 // void f(float); 4831 // }; 4832 // 4833 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4834 // 4835 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4836 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4837 // matches. 4838 4839 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4840 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4841 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4842 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4843 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4844 } 4845 4846 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4847 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4848 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4849 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4850 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4851 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4852 4853 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4854 Previous.clear(); 4855 } 4856 4857 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4858 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4859 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4860 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4861 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4862 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4863 Previous.clear(); 4864 4865 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4866 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4867 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4868 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4869 4870 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4871 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4872 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4873 // template, declared in namespace scope 4874 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4875 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4876 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4877 return nullptr; 4878 } 4879 4880 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4881 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4882 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4883 return nullptr; 4884 } 4885 } 4886 4887 NamedDecl *New; 4888 4889 bool AddToScope = true; 4890 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4891 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4892 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4893 return nullptr; 4894 } 4895 4896 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4897 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4898 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4899 TemplateParamLists, 4900 AddToScope); 4901 } else { 4902 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4903 AddToScope); 4904 } 4905 4906 if (!New) 4907 return nullptr; 4908 4909 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4910 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4911 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4912 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4913 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4914 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4915 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4916 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4917 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4918 if (!AddToContext) 4919 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4920 } 4921 4922 return New; 4923 } 4924 4925 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4926 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4927 /// GCC compatibility). 4928 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4929 ASTContext &Context, 4930 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4931 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4932 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4933 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4934 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4935 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4936 SizeIsNegative = false; 4937 Oversized = 0; 4938 4939 if (T->isDependentType()) 4940 return QualType(); 4941 4942 QualifierCollector Qs; 4943 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4944 4945 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4946 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4947 QualType FixedType = 4948 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4949 Oversized); 4950 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4951 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4952 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4953 } 4954 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4955 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4956 QualType FixedType = 4957 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4958 Oversized); 4959 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4960 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4961 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4962 } 4963 4964 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4965 if (!VLATy) 4966 return QualType(); 4967 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4968 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4969 return QualType(); 4970 4971 llvm::APSInt Res; 4972 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4973 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4974 return QualType(); 4975 4976 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4977 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4978 SizeIsNegative = true; 4979 return QualType(); 4980 } 4981 4982 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4983 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4984 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4985 Res); 4986 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4987 Oversized = Res; 4988 return QualType(); 4989 } 4990 4991 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4992 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4993 } 4994 4995 static void 4996 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4997 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4998 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4999 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5000 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5001 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5002 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5003 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5004 return; 5005 } 5006 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5007 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5008 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5009 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5010 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5011 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5012 return; 5013 } 5014 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5015 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5016 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5017 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5018 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5019 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5020 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5021 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5022 } 5023 5024 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5025 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5026 /// GCC compatibility). 5027 static TypeSourceInfo* 5028 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5029 ASTContext &Context, 5030 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5031 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5032 QualType FixedTy 5033 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5034 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5035 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5036 return nullptr; 5037 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5038 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5039 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5040 return FixedTInfo; 5041 } 5042 5043 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5044 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5045 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5046 /// function-scope declarations. 5047 void 5048 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5049 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5050 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5051 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5052 return; 5053 5054 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5055 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5056 } 5057 5058 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5059 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5060 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5061 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5062 } 5063 5064 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5065 /// does not identify a function. 5066 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5067 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5068 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5069 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5070 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5071 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5072 5073 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5074 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5075 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5076 5077 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5078 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5079 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5080 5081 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5082 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5083 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5084 } 5085 5086 NamedDecl* 5087 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5088 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5089 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5090 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5091 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5092 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5093 D.setInvalidType(); 5094 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5095 DC = CurContext; 5096 Previous.clear(); 5097 } 5098 5099 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5100 5101 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5102 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5103 << 1; 5104 5105 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5106 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5107 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5108 return nullptr; 5109 } 5110 5111 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5112 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5113 5114 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5115 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5116 5117 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5118 5119 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5120 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5121 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5122 return ND; 5123 } 5124 5125 void 5126 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5127 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5128 // then it shall have block scope. 5129 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5130 // that redeclarations will match. 5131 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5132 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5133 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5134 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5135 5136 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5137 bool SizeIsNegative; 5138 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5139 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5140 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5141 SizeIsNegative, 5142 Oversized); 5143 if (FixedTInfo) { 5144 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5145 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5146 } else { 5147 if (SizeIsNegative) 5148 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5149 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5150 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5151 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5152 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5153 << Oversized.toString(10); 5154 else 5155 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5156 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5157 } 5158 } 5159 } 5160 } 5161 5162 5163 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5164 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5165 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5166 NamedDecl* 5167 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5168 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5169 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5170 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5171 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5172 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5173 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5174 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5175 Redeclaration = true; 5176 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5177 } 5178 5179 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5180 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5181 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5182 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5183 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5184 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5185 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5186 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5187 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5188 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5189 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5190 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5191 } 5192 5193 return NewTD; 5194 } 5195 5196 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5197 /// previous declaration. 5198 /// 5199 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5200 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5201 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5202 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5203 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5204 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5205 /// 5206 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5207 /// lookup 5208 /// 5209 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5210 /// declared. 5211 /// 5212 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5213 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5214 static bool 5215 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5216 ASTContext &Context) { 5217 if (!PrevDecl) 5218 return false; 5219 5220 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5221 return false; 5222 5223 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5224 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5225 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5226 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5227 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5228 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5229 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5230 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5231 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5232 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5233 return false; 5234 5235 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5236 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5237 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5238 return false; 5239 5240 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5241 // previous declarations. 5242 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5243 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5244 5245 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5246 // isn't the same function. 5247 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5248 return false; 5249 } 5250 5251 return true; 5252 } 5253 5254 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5255 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5256 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5257 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5258 } 5259 5260 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5261 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5262 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5263 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5264 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5265 unsigned kind = -1U; 5266 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5267 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5268 kind = 0; // __block 5269 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5270 kind = 1; // global 5271 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5272 kind = 3; // ivar 5273 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5274 kind = 2; // field 5275 } 5276 5277 if (kind != -1U) { 5278 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5279 << kind; 5280 } 5281 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5282 // Try to infer lifetime. 5283 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5284 return false; 5285 5286 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5287 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5288 decl->setType(type); 5289 } 5290 5291 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5292 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5293 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5294 var->getTLSKind()) { 5295 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5296 << var->getType(); 5297 return true; 5298 } 5299 } 5300 5301 return false; 5302 } 5303 5304 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5305 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5306 // the wrong linkage. 5307 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5308 5309 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5310 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5311 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5312 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5313 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5314 } 5315 } 5316 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5317 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5318 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5319 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5320 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5321 } 5322 } 5323 5324 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5325 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5326 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5327 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5328 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5329 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5330 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5331 } 5332 } 5333 } 5334 5335 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5336 // It does not apply to functions. 5337 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5338 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5339 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5340 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5341 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5342 } 5343 } 5344 5345 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5346 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5347 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5348 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5349 << &ND << Attr; 5350 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5351 } 5352 } 5353 } 5354 5355 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5356 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5357 bool IsSpecialization) { 5358 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5359 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5360 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5361 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5362 5363 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5364 return; 5365 5366 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5367 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5368 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5369 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5370 5371 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5372 // inherited attribute instances. 5373 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5374 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5375 5376 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5377 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5378 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5379 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5380 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5381 5382 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5383 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5384 bool JustWarn = false; 5385 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5386 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5387 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5388 JustWarn = true; 5389 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5390 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5391 JustWarn = true; 5392 } 5393 5394 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5395 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5396 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5397 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5398 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5399 JustWarn = false; 5400 5401 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5402 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5403 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5404 << NewDecl 5405 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5406 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5407 if (!JustWarn) { 5408 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5409 return; 5410 } 5411 } 5412 5413 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5414 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5415 // and qualified friend declarations. 5416 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5417 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5418 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5419 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5420 // separately. 5421 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5422 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5423 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5424 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5425 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5426 } 5427 5428 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5429 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5430 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5431 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5432 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5433 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5434 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5435 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5436 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5437 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5438 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5439 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5440 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5441 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5442 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5443 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5444 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5445 } 5446 } 5447 5448 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5449 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5450 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5451 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5452 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5453 5454 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5455 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5456 5457 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5458 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5459 return false; 5460 5461 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5462 5463 #ifndef NDEBUG 5464 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5465 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5466 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5467 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5468 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5469 #endif 5470 5471 bool isC99Inline = 5472 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5473 5474 #ifndef NDEBUG 5475 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5476 #endif 5477 5478 return isC99Inline; 5479 } 5480 5481 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5482 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5483 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5484 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5485 /// 5486 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5487 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5488 /// 5489 /// For instance: 5490 /// 5491 /// auto x = []{}; 5492 /// 5493 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5494 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5495 /// 5496 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5497 template<typename T> 5498 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5499 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5500 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5501 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5502 return false; 5503 } 5504 return D->isExternC(); 5505 } 5506 5507 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5508 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5509 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5510 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5511 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5512 return true; 5513 if (DC->isRecord()) 5514 return false; 5515 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5516 } 5517 5518 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5519 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5520 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5521 return true; 5522 if (DC->isRecord()) 5523 return false; 5524 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5525 } 5526 5527 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5528 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5529 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5530 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5531 return true; 5532 return false; 5533 } 5534 5535 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5536 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5537 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5538 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5539 return true; 5540 5541 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5542 // position to the decl itself. 5543 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5544 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5545 return true; 5546 } 5547 5548 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5549 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5550 } 5551 5552 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5553 /// function-local external declaration. 5554 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5555 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5556 return false; 5557 5558 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5559 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5560 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5561 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5562 return true; 5563 5564 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5565 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5566 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5567 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5568 // 5569 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5570 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5571 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5572 DC = DC->getParent(); 5573 return true; 5574 } 5575 5576 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5577 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5578 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5579 return FD->isExternC(); 5580 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5581 return VD->isExternC(); 5582 5583 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5584 } 5585 5586 NamedDecl * 5587 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5588 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5589 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5590 bool &AddToScope) { 5591 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5592 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5593 5594 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5595 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5596 5597 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5598 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5599 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5600 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5601 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5602 SC = SC_Extern; 5603 5604 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5605 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5606 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5607 5608 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5609 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5610 QualType NR = R; 5611 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5612 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5613 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5614 D.setInvalidType(); 5615 break; 5616 } 5617 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5618 } 5619 5620 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5621 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5622 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5623 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5624 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5625 D.setInvalidType(); 5626 } 5627 } 5628 } 5629 5630 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5631 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5632 // an error here 5633 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5634 D.setInvalidType(); 5635 SC = SC_None; 5636 } 5637 5638 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5639 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5640 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5641 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5642 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5643 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5645 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5646 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5647 } 5648 5649 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5650 if (!II) { 5651 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5652 << Name; 5653 return nullptr; 5654 } 5655 5656 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5657 5658 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5659 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5660 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5661 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5662 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5663 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5664 D.setInvalidType(); 5665 } 5666 } 5667 5668 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5669 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5670 // OpenCL __local address space. 5671 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5672 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5673 } 5674 5675 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5676 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5677 // space qualifiers. 5678 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5679 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5680 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5681 } 5682 5683 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5684 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5685 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5686 // address space qualifiers. 5687 if (R->isEventT()) { 5688 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5689 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5690 D.setInvalidType(); 5691 } 5692 5693 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5694 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5695 D.setInvalidType(); 5696 } 5697 } 5698 } 5699 5700 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5701 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5702 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5703 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5704 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5705 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5706 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5707 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5708 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5709 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5710 R, TInfo, SC); 5711 5712 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5713 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5714 } else { 5715 bool Invalid = false; 5716 5717 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5718 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5719 switch (SC) { 5720 case SC_None: 5721 break; 5722 case SC_Static: 5723 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5724 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5725 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5726 break; 5727 case SC_Auto: 5728 case SC_Register: 5729 case SC_Extern: 5730 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5731 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5732 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5733 // of class members 5734 5735 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5736 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5737 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5738 break; 5739 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5740 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5741 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5742 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5743 } 5744 } 5745 5746 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5747 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5748 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5749 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5750 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5751 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5752 5753 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5754 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5755 if (RD->isUnion()) 5756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5757 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5758 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5759 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5760 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5761 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5762 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5763 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5764 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5765 } 5766 } 5767 5768 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5769 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5770 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5771 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5772 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5773 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5774 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5775 : nullptr, 5776 TemplateParamLists, 5777 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5778 5779 if (TemplateParams) { 5780 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5781 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5782 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5783 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5784 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5785 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5786 << II 5787 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5788 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5789 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5790 } else { 5791 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5792 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5793 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5794 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5795 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5796 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5797 // This is a template declaration. 5798 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5799 5800 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5801 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5802 return nullptr; 5803 5804 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5805 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5806 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5807 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5808 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5809 } 5810 } 5811 } else { 5812 assert( 5813 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5814 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5815 } 5816 5817 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5818 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5819 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5820 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5821 : SourceLocation(); 5822 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5823 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5824 IsPartialSpecialization); 5825 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5826 return nullptr; 5827 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5828 AddToScope = false; 5829 } else 5830 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5831 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5832 5833 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5834 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5835 NewTemplate = 5836 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5837 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5838 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5839 } 5840 5841 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5842 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5843 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5844 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5845 5846 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5847 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5848 if (NewTemplate) 5849 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5850 } 5851 5852 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5853 5854 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5855 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5856 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5857 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5858 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5859 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5860 5861 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5862 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5863 5864 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5865 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5866 } 5867 5868 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5869 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5870 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5871 if (NewTemplate) 5872 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5873 5874 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5875 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5876 5877 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5878 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5879 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5880 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5881 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5882 // explicitly. 5883 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5884 // 'extern'. 5885 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5886 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5887 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5888 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5889 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5890 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5891 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5892 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5893 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5894 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5895 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5896 // error should be ignored. 5897 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5898 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5899 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5900 // to emit any code for it. 5901 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5902 } else 5903 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5904 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5905 } else 5906 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5907 } 5908 5909 // C99 6.7.4p3 5910 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5911 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5912 // thread storage duration... 5913 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5914 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5915 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5916 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5917 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5918 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5919 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5920 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5921 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5922 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5923 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5924 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5925 } 5926 } 5927 5928 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5929 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5930 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5931 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5932 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5933 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5934 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5935 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5936 << 2 5937 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5938 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5939 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5940 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5941 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5942 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5943 else { 5944 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5945 if (NewTemplate) 5946 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5947 } 5948 } 5949 5950 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5951 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5952 5953 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5954 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5955 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5956 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5957 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5958 // storage [duration]." 5959 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5960 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5961 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5962 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5963 } 5964 } 5965 5966 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5967 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5968 // check the VarDecl itself. 5969 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5970 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5971 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5972 5973 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5974 // retainable type. 5975 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5976 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5977 5978 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5979 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5980 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5981 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5982 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5983 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5984 switch (SC) { 5985 case SC_None: 5986 case SC_Auto: 5987 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5988 break; 5989 case SC_Register: 5990 // Local Named register 5991 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5992 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5993 break; 5994 case SC_Static: 5995 case SC_Extern: 5996 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5997 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5998 break; 5999 } 6000 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6001 // Global Named register 6002 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6003 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6004 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6005 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6006 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6007 } 6008 } 6009 6010 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6011 Context, Label, 0)); 6012 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6013 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6014 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6015 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6016 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6017 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6018 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6019 } else 6020 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6021 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6022 } 6023 } 6024 6025 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6026 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6027 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6028 6029 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6030 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6031 // declaration has linkage). 6032 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6033 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6034 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6035 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6036 6037 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6038 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6039 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6040 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6041 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6042 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6043 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6044 6045 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6046 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6047 } else { 6048 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6049 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6050 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6051 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6052 6053 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6054 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6055 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6056 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6057 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6058 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6059 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6060 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6061 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6062 Previous.clear(); 6063 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6064 } 6065 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6066 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6067 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6068 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6069 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6070 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6071 } 6072 6073 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6074 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6075 6076 if (NewTemplate) { 6077 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6078 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6079 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6080 : nullptr; 6081 6082 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6083 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6084 // template declaration. 6085 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6086 TemplateParams, 6087 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6088 : nullptr, 6089 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6090 DC->isDependentContext()) 6091 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6092 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6093 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6094 6095 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6096 // template, make a note of that. 6097 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6098 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6099 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6100 } 6101 } 6102 6103 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6104 6105 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6106 // the map of such variables. 6107 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6108 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6109 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6110 6111 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6112 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6113 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6114 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6115 Context.setManglingNumber( 6116 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6117 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6118 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6119 } 6120 } 6121 6122 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6123 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6124 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6125 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6126 6127 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6128 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6129 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6130 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6131 6132 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6133 // behavior. 6134 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6135 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6136 } 6137 6138 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6139 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6140 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6141 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6142 } 6143 6144 if (NewTemplate) { 6145 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6146 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6147 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6148 return NewTemplate; 6149 } 6150 6151 return NewVD; 6152 } 6153 6154 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6155 /// -Wshadow. 6156 /// 6157 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6158 /// scope. 6159 /// 6160 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6161 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6162 /// 6163 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6164 // Return if warning is ignored. 6165 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6166 return; 6167 6168 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6169 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6170 return; 6171 6172 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6173 6174 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6175 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6176 return; 6177 6178 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6179 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6180 return; 6181 6182 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6183 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6184 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6185 if (MD->isStatic()) 6186 return; 6187 6188 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6189 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6190 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6191 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6192 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6193 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6194 ShadowedDecl = I; 6195 break; 6196 } 6197 } 6198 6199 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6200 6201 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6202 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6203 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6204 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6205 return; 6206 6207 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6208 // static data members from base classes? 6209 6210 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6211 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6212 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6213 } 6214 6215 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6216 unsigned Kind; 6217 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6218 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6219 Kind = 3; // field 6220 else 6221 Kind = 2; // static data member 6222 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6223 Kind = 1; // global 6224 else 6225 Kind = 0; // local 6226 6227 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6228 6229 // Emit warning and note. 6230 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6231 return; 6232 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6233 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6234 } 6235 6236 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6237 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6238 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6239 return; 6240 6241 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6242 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6243 LookupName(R, S); 6244 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6245 } 6246 6247 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6248 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6249 template<typename T> 6250 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6251 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6252 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6253 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6254 6255 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6256 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6257 // declaration. 6258 return false; 6259 } 6260 6261 if (Prev) { 6262 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6263 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6264 // redeclaration. 6265 Previous.clear(); 6266 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6267 return true; 6268 } 6269 6270 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6271 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6272 // declaration. 6273 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6274 return false; 6275 } else { 6276 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6277 // translation unit which might conflict. 6278 if (IsGlobal) { 6279 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6280 IsGlobal = false; 6281 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6282 I != E; ++I) { 6283 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6284 Prev = *I; 6285 break; 6286 } 6287 } 6288 } else { 6289 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6290 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6291 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6292 I != E; ++I) { 6293 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6294 Prev = *I; 6295 break; 6296 } 6297 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6298 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6299 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6300 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6301 // diagnostic. 6302 } 6303 } 6304 6305 if (!Prev) 6306 return false; 6307 } 6308 6309 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6310 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6311 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6312 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6313 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6314 else 6315 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6316 6317 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6318 << IsGlobal << ND; 6319 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6320 << IsGlobal; 6321 return false; 6322 } 6323 6324 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6325 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6326 /// 6327 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6328 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6329 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6330 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6331 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6332 template<typename T> 6333 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6334 LookupResult &Previous) { 6335 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6336 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6337 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6338 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6339 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6340 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6341 Previous.clear(); 6342 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6343 return true; 6344 } 6345 } 6346 return false; 6347 } 6348 6349 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6350 // declaration. 6351 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6352 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6353 6354 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6355 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6356 // in another scope. 6357 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6358 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6359 6360 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6361 return false; 6362 } 6363 6364 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6365 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6366 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6367 return; 6368 6369 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6370 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6371 6372 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6373 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6374 return; 6375 6376 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6377 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6378 6379 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6380 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6381 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6382 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6383 NewVD->setType(T); 6384 } 6385 6386 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6387 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6388 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6389 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6390 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6391 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6392 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6393 return; 6394 } 6395 6396 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6397 // __constant address space. 6398 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6399 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6400 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6401 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6402 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6403 return; 6404 } 6405 6406 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6407 // scope. 6408 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6409 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6410 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6411 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6412 return; 6413 } 6414 6415 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6416 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6417 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6418 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6419 else { 6420 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6421 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6422 } 6423 } 6424 6425 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6426 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6427 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6428 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6429 6430 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6431 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6432 bool SizeIsNegative; 6433 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6434 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6435 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6436 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6437 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6438 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6439 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6440 // int a[10][n]; 6441 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6442 6443 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6444 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6445 << SizeRange; 6446 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6447 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6448 << SizeRange; 6449 else 6450 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6451 << SizeRange; 6452 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6453 return; 6454 } 6455 6456 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6457 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6458 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6459 else 6460 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6461 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6462 return; 6463 } 6464 6465 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6466 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6467 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6468 } 6469 6470 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6471 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6472 // of objects and functions. 6473 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6474 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6475 << T; 6476 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6477 return; 6478 } 6479 } 6480 6481 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6482 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6483 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6484 return; 6485 } 6486 6487 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6488 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6489 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6490 return; 6491 } 6492 6493 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6494 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6495 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6496 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6497 return; 6498 } 6499 } 6500 6501 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6502 /// declaration. 6503 /// 6504 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6505 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6506 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6507 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6508 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6509 /// 6510 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6511 /// 6512 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6513 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6514 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6515 6516 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6517 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6518 return false; 6519 6520 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6521 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6522 if (Previous.empty() && 6523 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6524 Previous.setShadowed(); 6525 6526 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6527 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6528 return true; 6529 } 6530 return false; 6531 } 6532 6533 namespace { 6534 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6535 Sema *S; 6536 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6537 6538 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6539 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6540 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6541 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6542 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6543 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6544 6545 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6546 6547 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6548 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6549 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6550 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6551 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6552 6553 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6554 } 6555 6556 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6557 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6558 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6559 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6560 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6561 return true; 6562 } 6563 } 6564 6565 return false; 6566 } 6567 }; 6568 6569 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6570 } // end anonymous namespace 6571 6572 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6573 /// overriden methods. 6574 /// 6575 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6576 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6577 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6578 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6579 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6580 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6581 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6582 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6583 I != E; ++I) { 6584 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6585 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6586 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6587 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6588 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6589 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6590 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6591 } 6592 } 6593 6594 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6595 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6596 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6597 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6598 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6599 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6600 FOM.Method = MD; 6601 FOM.S = this; 6602 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6603 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6604 bool AddedAny = false; 6605 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6606 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6607 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6608 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6609 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6610 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6611 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6612 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6613 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6614 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6615 AddedAny = true; 6616 } 6617 } 6618 } 6619 } 6620 6621 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6622 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6623 } 6624 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6625 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6626 } 6627 6628 return AddedAny; 6629 } 6630 6631 namespace { 6632 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6633 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6634 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6635 Scope *S; 6636 Declarator &D; 6637 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6638 bool AddToScope; 6639 }; 6640 } 6641 6642 namespace { 6643 6644 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6645 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6646 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6647 public: 6648 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6649 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6650 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6651 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6652 6653 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6654 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6655 return false; 6656 6657 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6658 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6659 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6660 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6661 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6662 6663 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6664 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6665 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6666 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6667 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6668 return true; 6669 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6670 return true; 6671 } 6672 } 6673 } 6674 6675 return false; 6676 } 6677 6678 private: 6679 ASTContext &Context; 6680 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6681 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6682 }; 6683 6684 } 6685 6686 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6687 /// 6688 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6689 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6690 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6691 /// the same name. 6692 /// 6693 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6694 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6695 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6696 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6697 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6698 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6699 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6700 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6701 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6702 TypoCorrection Correction; 6703 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6704 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6705 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6706 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6707 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6708 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6709 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6710 6711 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6712 if (IsLocalFriend) 6713 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6714 else 6715 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6716 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6717 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6718 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6719 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6720 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6721 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6722 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6723 if (FD && 6724 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6725 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6726 // involve a parameter 6727 unsigned ParamNum = 6728 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6729 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6730 } 6731 } 6732 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6733 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6734 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6735 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6736 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6737 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6738 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6739 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6740 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6741 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6742 Previous.clear(); 6743 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6744 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6745 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6746 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6747 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6748 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6749 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6750 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6751 } 6752 } 6753 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6754 6755 NamedDecl *Result; 6756 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6757 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6758 { 6759 // Trap errors. 6760 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6761 6762 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6763 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6764 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6765 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6766 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6767 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6768 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6769 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6770 6771 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6772 Result = nullptr; 6773 } 6774 6775 if (Result) { 6776 // Determine which correction we picked. 6777 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6778 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6779 I != E; ++I) 6780 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6781 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6782 6783 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6784 Correction, 6785 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6786 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6787 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6788 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6789 return Result; 6790 } 6791 6792 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6793 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6794 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6795 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6796 Previous.clear(); 6797 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6798 } 6799 6800 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6801 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6802 6803 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6804 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6805 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6806 6807 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6808 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6809 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6810 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6811 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6812 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6813 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6814 6815 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6816 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6817 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6818 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6819 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6820 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6821 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6822 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6823 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6824 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6825 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6826 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6827 } else 6828 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6829 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6830 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6831 } 6832 return nullptr; 6833 } 6834 6835 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6836 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6837 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6838 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6839 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6840 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6841 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6842 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6843 D.setInvalidType(); 6844 break; 6845 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6846 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6847 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6848 return SC_None; 6849 return SC_Extern; 6850 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6851 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6852 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6853 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6854 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6855 // other than extern 6856 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6857 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6858 diag::err_static_block_func); 6859 break; 6860 } else 6861 return SC_Static; 6862 } 6863 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6864 } 6865 6866 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6867 return SC_None; 6868 } 6869 6870 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6871 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6872 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6873 StorageClass SC, 6874 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6875 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6876 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6877 6878 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6879 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6880 6881 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6882 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6883 // prototype. This true when: 6884 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6885 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6886 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6887 bool HasPrototype = 6888 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6889 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6890 6891 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6892 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6893 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6894 HasPrototype, false); 6895 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6896 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6897 6898 return NewFD; 6899 } 6900 6901 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6902 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6903 6904 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6905 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6906 // the class has been completely parsed. 6907 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6908 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6909 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6910 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6911 D.setInvalidType(); 6912 6913 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6914 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6915 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6916 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6917 6918 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6919 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6920 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6921 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6922 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6923 isConstexpr); 6924 6925 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6926 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6927 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6928 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6929 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6930 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6931 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6932 D.getLocStart(), 6933 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6934 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6935 6936 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6937 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6938 // it yet. 6939 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6940 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6941 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6942 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6943 } 6944 6945 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6946 return NewDD; 6947 6948 } else { 6949 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6950 D.setInvalidType(); 6951 6952 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6953 // code path. 6954 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6955 D.getLocStart(), 6956 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6957 SC, isInline, 6958 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6959 } 6960 6961 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6962 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6963 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6964 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6965 return nullptr; 6966 } 6967 6968 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6969 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6970 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6971 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6972 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6973 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6974 6975 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6976 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6977 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6978 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6979 // constructor if it has no return type). 6980 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6981 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6982 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6983 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6984 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6985 return nullptr; 6986 } 6987 6988 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6989 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6990 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6991 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6992 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6993 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6994 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6995 return Ret; 6996 } else { 6997 bool isFriend = 6998 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6999 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7000 return nullptr; 7001 7002 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7003 // prototype. This true when: 7004 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7005 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7006 D.getLocStart(), 7007 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7008 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7009 } 7010 } 7011 7012 enum OpenCLParamType { 7013 ValidKernelParam, 7014 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7015 PtrKernelParam, 7016 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7017 InvalidKernelParam, 7018 RecordKernelParam 7019 }; 7020 7021 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7022 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7023 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7024 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7025 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7026 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7027 : PtrKernelParam; 7028 } 7029 7030 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7031 // be used as builtin types. 7032 7033 if (PT->isImageType()) 7034 return PtrKernelParam; 7035 7036 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7037 return InvalidKernelParam; 7038 7039 if (PT->isEventT()) 7040 return InvalidKernelParam; 7041 7042 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7043 return InvalidKernelParam; 7044 7045 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7046 return RecordKernelParam; 7047 7048 return ValidKernelParam; 7049 } 7050 7051 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7052 Sema &S, 7053 Declarator &D, 7054 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7055 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7056 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7057 7058 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7059 // used again 7060 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7061 return; 7062 7063 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7064 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7065 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7066 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7067 // pointer to a pointer type. 7068 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7069 D.setInvalidType(); 7070 return; 7071 7072 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7073 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7074 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7075 // pointer to the private address space. 7076 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7077 D.setInvalidType(); 7078 return; 7079 7080 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7081 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7082 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7083 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7084 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7085 7086 case InvalidKernelParam: 7087 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7088 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7089 // of event_t type. 7090 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7091 D.setInvalidType(); 7092 return; 7093 7094 case PtrKernelParam: 7095 case ValidKernelParam: 7096 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7097 return; 7098 7099 case RecordKernelParam: 7100 break; 7101 } 7102 7103 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7104 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7105 7106 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7107 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7108 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7109 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7110 7111 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7112 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7113 7114 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7115 7116 do { 7117 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7118 if (!Next) { 7119 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7120 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7121 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7122 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7123 7124 continue; 7125 } 7126 7127 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7128 // field itself) to the history stack. 7129 const RecordDecl *RD; 7130 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7131 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7132 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7133 } else { 7134 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7135 } 7136 7137 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7138 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7139 7140 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7141 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7142 7143 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7144 continue; 7145 7146 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7147 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7148 continue; 7149 7150 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7151 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7152 continue; 7153 } 7154 7155 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7156 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7157 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7158 // union. 7159 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7160 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7161 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7162 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7163 << PT->isUnionType() 7164 << PT; 7165 } else { 7166 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7167 } 7168 7169 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7170 << PD->getDeclName(); 7171 7172 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7173 // the offending field came from 7174 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7175 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7176 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7177 I != E; ++I) { 7178 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7179 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7180 << OuterField->getType(); 7181 } 7182 7183 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7184 << QT->isPointerType() 7185 << QT; 7186 D.setInvalidType(); 7187 return; 7188 } 7189 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7190 } 7191 7192 NamedDecl* 7193 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7194 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7195 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7196 bool &AddToScope) { 7197 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7198 7199 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7200 7201 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7202 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7203 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7204 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7205 7206 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7207 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7208 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7209 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7210 7211 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7212 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7213 7214 bool isFriend = false; 7215 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7216 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7217 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7218 7219 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7220 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7221 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7222 7223 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7224 7225 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7226 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7227 7228 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7229 isVirtualOkay); 7230 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7231 7232 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7233 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7234 7235 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7236 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7237 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7238 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7239 7240 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7241 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7242 7243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7244 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7245 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7246 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7247 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7248 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7249 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7250 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7251 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7252 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7253 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7254 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7255 } 7256 7257 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7258 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7259 // return true). 7260 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7261 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7262 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7263 NewFD->setPure(true); 7264 7265 // C++ [class.union]p2 7266 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7267 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7268 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7269 } 7270 7271 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7272 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7273 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7274 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7275 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7276 7277 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7278 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7279 bool Invalid = false; 7280 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7281 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7282 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7283 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7284 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7285 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7286 : nullptr, 7287 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7288 Invalid)) { 7289 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7290 // This is a function template 7291 7292 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7293 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7294 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7295 7296 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7297 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7298 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7299 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7300 } 7301 7302 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7303 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7304 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7305 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7306 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7307 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7308 Invalid = true; 7309 } 7310 7311 7312 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7313 NewFD->getLocation(), 7314 Name, TemplateParams, 7315 NewFD); 7316 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7317 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7318 7319 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7320 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7321 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7322 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7323 } 7324 } else { 7325 // This is a function template specialization. 7326 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7327 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7328 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7329 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7330 7331 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7332 if (isFriend) { 7333 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7334 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7335 7336 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7337 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7338 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7339 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7340 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7341 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7342 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7343 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7344 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7345 } 7346 7347 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7348 << Name << RemoveRange 7349 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7350 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7351 } 7352 } 7353 } 7354 else { 7355 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7356 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7357 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7358 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7359 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7360 } 7361 7362 if (Invalid) { 7363 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7364 if (FunctionTemplate) 7365 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7366 } 7367 7368 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7369 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7370 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7371 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7372 // 7373 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7374 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7376 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7377 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7378 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7379 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7380 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7381 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7382 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7383 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7384 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7385 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7386 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7387 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7388 } else { 7389 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7390 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7391 } 7392 7393 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7394 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7395 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7396 } 7397 7398 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7399 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7400 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7401 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7402 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7403 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7404 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7405 // thing to do. 7406 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7407 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7408 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7409 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7410 QualType Result = 7411 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7412 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7413 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7414 } 7415 7416 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7417 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7418 // declaration. 7419 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7420 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7421 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7422 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7423 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7424 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7425 } 7426 } 7427 7428 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7429 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7430 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7431 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7432 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7433 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7434 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7435 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7436 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7437 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7438 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7439 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7440 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7441 // or conversion function. 7442 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7443 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7444 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7445 } 7446 } 7447 7448 if (isConstexpr) { 7449 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7450 // are implicitly inline. 7451 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7452 7453 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7454 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7455 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7456 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7457 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7458 } 7459 7460 if (isConcept) { 7461 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7462 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7463 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7464 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7465 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7466 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7467 } 7468 7469 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7470 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7471 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7472 } 7473 7474 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7475 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7476 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7477 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7478 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7479 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7480 << 0 7481 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7482 } else { 7483 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7484 if (FunctionTemplate) 7485 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7486 } 7487 } 7488 7489 if (isFriend) { 7490 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7491 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7492 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7493 } 7494 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7495 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7496 } 7497 7498 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7499 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7500 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7501 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7502 case FDK_Declaration: 7503 case FDK_Definition: 7504 break; 7505 7506 case FDK_Defaulted: 7507 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7508 break; 7509 7510 case FDK_Deleted: 7511 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7512 break; 7513 } 7514 7515 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7516 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7517 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7518 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7519 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7520 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7521 } 7522 7523 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7524 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7525 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7526 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7527 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7528 // the class. 7529 7530 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7531 // member function definition. 7532 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7533 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7534 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7535 } 7536 7537 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7538 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7539 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7540 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7541 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7542 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7543 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7544 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7545 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7546 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7547 } 7548 7549 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7550 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7551 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7552 isExplicitSpecialization || 7553 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7554 7555 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7556 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7557 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7558 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7559 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7560 SE->getString(), 0)); 7561 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7562 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7563 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7564 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7565 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7566 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7567 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7568 } else 7569 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7570 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7571 } 7572 } 7573 7574 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7575 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7576 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7577 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7578 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7579 7580 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7581 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7582 // single void argument. 7583 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7584 // already checks for that case. 7585 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7586 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7587 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7588 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7589 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7590 Params.push_back(Param); 7591 7592 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7593 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7594 } 7595 } 7596 7597 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7598 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7599 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7600 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7601 // 7602 // @code 7603 // typedef void fn(int); 7604 // fn f; 7605 // @endcode 7606 7607 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7608 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7609 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7610 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7611 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7612 Params.push_back(Param); 7613 } 7614 } else { 7615 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7616 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7617 } 7618 7619 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7620 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7621 7622 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7623 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7624 // 7625 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7626 // 7627 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7628 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7629 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7630 7631 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7632 NewFD->addAttr( 7633 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7634 Context, 0)); 7635 7636 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7637 // because all functions have linkage. 7638 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7639 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7640 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7641 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7642 } 7643 7644 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7645 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7646 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7647 NewFD->addAttr( 7648 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7649 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7650 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7651 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7652 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7653 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7654 NewFD)) 7655 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7656 } 7657 7658 // Handle attributes. 7659 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7660 7661 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7662 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7663 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7664 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7665 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7666 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7667 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7668 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7669 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7670 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7671 } 7672 } 7673 7674 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7675 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7676 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7677 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7678 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7679 7680 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7681 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7682 7683 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7684 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7685 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7686 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7687 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7688 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7689 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7690 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7691 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7692 7693 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7694 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7695 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7696 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7697 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7698 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7699 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7700 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7701 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7702 int DiagID = 7703 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7704 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7705 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7706 } 7707 } 7708 } else { 7709 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7710 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7711 // 7712 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7713 // 7714 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7715 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7716 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7717 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7718 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7719 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7720 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7721 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7722 7723 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7724 // argument list into our AST format. 7725 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7726 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7727 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7728 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7729 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7730 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7731 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7732 TemplateArgs); 7733 7734 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7735 7736 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7737 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7738 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7739 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7740 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7741 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7742 7743 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7744 } else { 7745 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7746 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7747 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7748 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7749 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7750 } 7751 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7752 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7753 // wrote something like: 7754 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7755 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7756 // friend void foo<>(int); 7757 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7758 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7759 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7760 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7761 } 7762 7763 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7764 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7765 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7766 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7767 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7768 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7769 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7770 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7771 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7772 InstantiationDependent))) { 7773 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7774 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7775 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7776 Previous)) 7777 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7778 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7779 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7780 && !isFriend) { 7781 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7782 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7783 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7784 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7785 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7786 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7787 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7788 : nullptr), 7789 Previous)) 7790 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7791 7792 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7793 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7794 // specialization (14.7.3) 7795 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7796 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7797 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7798 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7799 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7800 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7801 << SC 7802 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7803 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7804 7805 else 7806 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7807 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7808 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7809 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7810 } 7811 7812 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7813 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7814 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7815 } 7816 7817 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7818 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7819 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7820 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7821 7822 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7823 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7824 7825 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7826 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7827 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7828 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7829 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7830 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7831 } 7832 7833 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7834 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7835 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7836 7837 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7838 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7839 : NewFD); 7840 7841 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7842 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7843 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7844 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7845 7846 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7847 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7848 } 7849 7850 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7851 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7852 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7853 7854 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7855 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7856 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7857 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7858 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7859 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7860 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7861 : nullptr, 7862 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7863 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7864 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7865 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7866 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7867 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7868 DC->isDependentContext()) 7869 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7870 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7871 } 7872 7873 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7874 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7875 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7876 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7877 AddToScope }; 7878 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7879 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7880 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7881 7882 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7883 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7884 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7885 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7886 7887 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7888 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7889 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7890 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7891 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7892 // can actually do this check immediately. 7893 if (isFriend && 7894 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7895 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7896 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7897 // ignore these 7898 } else { 7899 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7900 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7901 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7902 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7903 // 7904 // class X { 7905 // void f() const; 7906 // }; 7907 // 7908 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7909 // 7910 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7911 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7912 // whether the parameter types are references). 7913 7914 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7915 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7916 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7917 return Result; 7918 } 7919 } 7920 7921 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7922 // to something. 7923 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7924 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7925 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7926 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7927 return Result; 7928 } 7929 } 7930 7931 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7932 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7933 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7934 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7935 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7936 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7937 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7938 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7939 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7940 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7941 // generate them. 7942 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7943 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7944 } 7945 } 7946 7947 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7948 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7949 7950 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7951 7952 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7953 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7954 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7955 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7956 << NewFD; 7957 7958 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7959 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7960 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7961 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7962 EPI.Variadic = true; 7963 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7964 7965 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7966 NewFD->setType(R); 7967 } 7968 7969 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7970 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7971 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7972 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7973 7974 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7975 // marking the function. 7976 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7977 7978 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7979 // a pragma. 7980 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7981 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7982 7983 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7984 // the map of such variables. 7985 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7986 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7987 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7988 7989 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7990 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7991 7992 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7993 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7994 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7995 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7996 } 7997 7998 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7999 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8000 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8001 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8002 return FunctionTemplate; 8003 } 8004 } 8005 8006 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8007 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8008 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8009 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8010 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8011 D.setInvalidType(); 8012 } 8013 8014 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8015 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8016 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8017 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8018 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8019 : FixItHint()); 8020 D.setInvalidType(); 8021 } 8022 8023 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8024 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8025 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8026 } 8027 8028 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8029 8030 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8031 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8032 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8033 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8034 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8035 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8036 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8037 8038 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8039 } 8040 } 8041 8042 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8043 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8044 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8045 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8046 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8047 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8048 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8049 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8050 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8051 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8052 AddToScope = false; 8053 } 8054 8055 return NewFD; 8056 } 8057 8058 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8059 /// 8060 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8061 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8062 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8063 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8064 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8065 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8066 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8067 /// 8068 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8069 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8070 /// 8071 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8072 /// 8073 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8074 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8075 LookupResult &Previous, 8076 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8077 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8078 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8079 8080 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8081 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8082 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8083 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8084 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8085 8086 bool Redeclaration = false; 8087 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8088 8089 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8090 // the same name, if appropriate. 8091 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8092 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8093 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8094 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8095 // function to the scope. 8096 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8097 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8098 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8099 Redeclaration = true; 8100 OldDecl = Candidate; 8101 } 8102 } else { 8103 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8104 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8105 case Ovl_Match: 8106 Redeclaration = true; 8107 break; 8108 8109 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8110 Redeclaration = true; 8111 break; 8112 8113 case Ovl_Overload: 8114 Redeclaration = false; 8115 break; 8116 } 8117 8118 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8119 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8120 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8121 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8122 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8123 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8124 if (Redeclaration) 8125 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8126 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8127 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8128 if (OverloadedDecl) 8129 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8130 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8131 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8132 } 8133 } 8134 } 8135 8136 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8137 if (!Redeclaration && 8138 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8139 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8140 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8141 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8142 Redeclaration = true; 8143 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8144 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8145 8146 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8147 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8148 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8149 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8150 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8151 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8152 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8153 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8154 } 8155 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8156 Redeclaration = false; 8157 OldDecl = nullptr; 8158 } 8159 } 8160 } 8161 } 8162 8163 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8164 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8165 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8166 // 8167 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8168 // definition of a static member function. 8169 // 8170 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8171 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8172 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8173 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8174 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8175 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8176 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8177 if (OldDecl) 8178 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8179 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8180 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8181 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8182 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8183 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8184 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8185 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8186 8187 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8188 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8189 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8190 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8191 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8192 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8193 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8194 8195 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8196 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8197 } 8198 } 8199 } 8200 8201 if (Redeclaration) { 8202 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8203 // merged. 8204 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8205 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8206 return Redeclaration; 8207 } 8208 8209 Previous.clear(); 8210 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8211 8212 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8213 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8214 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8215 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8216 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8217 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8218 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8219 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8220 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8221 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8222 } 8223 8224 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8225 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8226 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8227 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8228 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8229 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8230 } 8231 8232 } else { 8233 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8234 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8235 8236 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8237 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8238 } 8239 } 8240 8241 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8242 8243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8244 // C++-specific checks. 8245 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8246 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8247 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8248 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8249 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8250 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8251 8252 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8253 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8254 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8255 DeclarationName Name 8256 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8257 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8258 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8259 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8260 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8261 return Redeclaration; 8262 } 8263 } 8264 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8265 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8266 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8267 } 8268 8269 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8270 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8271 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8272 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8273 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8274 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8275 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8276 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8277 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8278 } 8279 } 8280 } 8281 8282 if (Method->isStatic()) 8283 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8284 } 8285 8286 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8287 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8288 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8289 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8290 return Redeclaration; 8291 } 8292 8293 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8294 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8295 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8296 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8297 return Redeclaration; 8298 } 8299 8300 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8301 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8302 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8303 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8304 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8305 8306 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8307 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8308 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8309 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8310 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8311 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8312 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8313 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8314 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8315 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8316 } 8317 } 8318 8319 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8320 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8321 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8322 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8323 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8324 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8325 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8326 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8327 << NewFD << R; 8328 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8329 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8330 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8331 } 8332 } 8333 return Redeclaration; 8334 } 8335 8336 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8337 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8338 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8339 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8340 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8341 // appear in a declaration of main. 8342 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8343 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8344 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8345 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8346 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8347 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8348 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8349 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8350 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8351 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8352 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8353 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8354 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8355 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8356 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8357 } 8358 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8359 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8360 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8361 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8362 } 8363 8364 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8365 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8366 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8367 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8368 return; 8369 } 8370 8371 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8372 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8373 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8374 8375 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8376 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8377 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8378 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8379 8380 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8381 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8382 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8383 else { 8384 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8385 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8386 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8387 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8388 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8389 } 8390 } else { 8391 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8392 // set the flag which tells us that. 8393 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8394 8395 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8396 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8397 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8398 else { 8399 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8400 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8401 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8402 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8403 : FixItHint()); 8404 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8405 } 8406 } 8407 8408 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8409 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8410 8411 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8412 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8413 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8414 8415 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8416 8417 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8418 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8419 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8420 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8421 } 8422 8423 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8424 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8425 // getting shifty. 8426 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8427 HasExtraParameters = false; 8428 8429 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8430 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8431 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8432 nparams = 3; 8433 } 8434 8435 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8436 // if we had some location information about types. 8437 8438 QualType CharPP = 8439 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8440 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8441 8442 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8443 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8444 8445 bool mismatch = true; 8446 8447 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8448 mismatch = false; 8449 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8450 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8451 // char const ** 8452 // char const * const * 8453 // char * const * 8454 8455 QualifierCollector qs; 8456 const PointerType* PT; 8457 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8458 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8459 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8460 Context.CharTy)) { 8461 qs.removeConst(); 8462 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8463 } 8464 } 8465 8466 if (mismatch) { 8467 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8468 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8469 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8470 } 8471 } 8472 8473 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8474 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8475 } 8476 8477 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8478 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8479 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8480 } 8481 } 8482 8483 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8484 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8485 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8486 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8487 8488 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8489 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8490 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8491 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8492 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8493 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8494 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8495 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8496 8497 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8498 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8499 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8500 } 8501 } 8502 8503 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8504 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8505 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8506 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8507 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8508 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8509 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8510 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8511 // rules there don't matter.) 8512 const Expr *Culprit; 8513 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8514 return false; 8515 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8516 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8517 return true; 8518 } 8519 8520 namespace { 8521 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8522 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8523 class SelfReferenceChecker 8524 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8525 Sema &S; 8526 Decl *OrigDecl; 8527 bool isRecordType; 8528 bool isPODType; 8529 bool isReferenceType; 8530 8531 bool isInitList; 8532 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8533 public: 8534 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8535 8536 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8537 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8538 isPODType = false; 8539 isRecordType = false; 8540 isReferenceType = false; 8541 isInitList = false; 8542 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8543 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8544 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8545 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8546 } 8547 } 8548 8549 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8550 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8551 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8552 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8553 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8554 if (!InitList) { 8555 Visit(E); 8556 return; 8557 } 8558 8559 // Track and increment the index here. 8560 isInitList = true; 8561 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8562 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8563 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8564 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8565 } 8566 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8567 } 8568 8569 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8570 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8571 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8572 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8573 Expr *Base = E; 8574 bool ReferenceField = false; 8575 8576 // Get the field memebers used. 8577 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8578 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8579 if (!FD) 8580 return false; 8581 Fields.push_back(FD); 8582 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8583 ReferenceField = true; 8584 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8585 } 8586 8587 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8588 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8589 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8590 return false; 8591 8592 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8593 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8594 return true; 8595 8596 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8597 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8598 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8599 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8600 8601 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8602 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8603 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8604 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8605 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8606 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8607 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8608 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8609 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8610 return true; 8611 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8612 break; 8613 } 8614 8615 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8616 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8617 return true; 8618 } 8619 8620 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8621 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8622 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8623 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8624 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8625 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8626 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8627 return; 8628 } 8629 8630 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8631 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8632 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8633 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8634 return; 8635 } 8636 8637 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8638 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8639 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8640 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8641 return; 8642 } 8643 8644 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8645 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8646 return; 8647 } 8648 8649 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8650 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8651 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8652 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8653 return; 8654 } 8655 } 8656 8657 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8658 if (isInitList) { 8659 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8660 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8661 return; 8662 } 8663 8664 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8665 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8666 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8667 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8668 return; 8669 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8670 } 8671 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8672 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8673 return; 8674 } 8675 8676 Visit(E); 8677 } 8678 8679 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8680 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8681 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8682 if (isReferenceType) 8683 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8684 } 8685 8686 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8687 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8688 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8689 return; 8690 } 8691 8692 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8693 } 8694 8695 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8696 if (isInitList) { 8697 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8698 return; 8699 } 8700 8701 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8702 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8703 8704 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8705 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8706 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8707 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8708 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8709 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8710 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8711 Warn = false; 8712 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8713 } 8714 8715 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8716 if (Warn) 8717 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8718 return; 8719 } 8720 8721 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8722 // Visit that expression. 8723 Visit(Base); 8724 } 8725 8726 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8727 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8728 8729 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8730 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8731 8732 Visit(Callee); 8733 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8734 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8735 } 8736 8737 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8738 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8739 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8740 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8741 if (!isPODType) 8742 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8743 return; 8744 } 8745 8746 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8747 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8748 return; 8749 } 8750 8751 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8752 } 8753 8754 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8755 8756 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8757 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8758 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8759 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8760 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8761 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8762 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8763 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8764 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8765 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8766 return; 8767 } 8768 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8769 } 8770 8771 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8772 // Treat std::move as a use. 8773 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8774 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8775 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8776 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8777 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8778 return; 8779 } 8780 } 8781 } 8782 8783 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8784 } 8785 8786 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8787 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8788 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8789 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8790 return; 8791 } 8792 8793 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8794 } 8795 8796 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8797 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8798 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8799 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8800 Visit(E->getCond()); 8801 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8802 } 8803 8804 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8805 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8806 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8807 unsigned diag; 8808 if (isReferenceType) { 8809 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8810 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8811 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8812 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8813 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8814 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8815 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8816 } else { 8817 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8818 return; 8819 } 8820 8821 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8822 S.PDiag(diag) 8823 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8824 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8825 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8826 } 8827 }; 8828 8829 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8830 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8831 bool DirectInit) { 8832 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8833 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8834 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8835 return; 8836 8837 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8838 8839 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8840 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8841 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8842 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8843 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8844 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8845 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8846 return; 8847 8848 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8849 } 8850 } 8851 8852 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8853 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8854 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8855 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8856 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8857 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8858 // the initializer. 8859 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8860 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8861 return; 8862 } 8863 8864 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8865 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8866 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8867 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8868 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8869 return; 8870 } 8871 8872 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8873 if (!VDecl) { 8874 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8875 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8876 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8877 return; 8878 } 8879 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8880 8881 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8882 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8883 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8884 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8885 // TypoExpr. 8886 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8887 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8888 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8889 return; 8890 } 8891 8892 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8893 Init = Res.get(); 8894 if (CXXDirectInit) 8895 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8896 } 8897 8898 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8899 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8900 // contains exactly one expression. 8901 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8902 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8903 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8904 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8905 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8906 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8907 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8908 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8909 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8910 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8911 return; 8912 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8913 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8914 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8915 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8916 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8917 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8918 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8919 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8920 return; 8921 } else { 8922 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8923 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8924 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8925 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8926 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8927 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8928 } 8929 } 8930 8931 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8932 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8933 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8934 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8935 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8936 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8937 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8938 return; 8939 } 8940 Init = Result.get(); 8941 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8942 } 8943 8944 QualType DeducedType; 8945 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8946 DAR_Failed) 8947 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8948 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8949 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8950 return; 8951 } 8952 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8953 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8954 8955 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8956 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8957 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8958 8959 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8960 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8961 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8962 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8963 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8964 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8965 SourceLocation Loc = 8966 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8967 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8968 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8969 } 8970 8971 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8972 // the previously declared type. 8973 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8974 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8975 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8976 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8977 } 8978 8979 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8980 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8981 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8982 return; 8983 8984 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8985 // we implement N3922. 8986 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8987 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8988 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8989 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8990 } 8991 } 8992 8993 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8994 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8995 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8996 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8997 return; 8998 } 8999 9000 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9001 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9002 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9003 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9004 return; 9005 } 9006 9007 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9008 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9009 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9010 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9011 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9012 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9013 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9014 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9015 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9016 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9017 return; 9018 } 9019 9020 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9021 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9022 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9023 AbstractVariableType)) 9024 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9025 } 9026 9027 VarDecl *Def; 9028 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9029 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9030 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9031 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9032 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9033 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9034 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9035 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9036 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9037 } else { 9038 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9039 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9040 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9041 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9042 return; 9043 } 9044 } 9045 9046 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9047 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9048 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9049 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9050 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9051 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9052 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9053 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9054 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9055 // 9056 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9057 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9058 // declaration with an initializer. 9059 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9060 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9061 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9062 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9063 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9064 << 0; 9065 return; 9066 } 9067 9068 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9069 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9070 9071 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9072 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9073 return; 9074 } 9075 } 9076 9077 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9078 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9079 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9080 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9081 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9082 return; 9083 } 9084 9085 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9086 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9087 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9088 9089 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9090 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9091 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9092 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9093 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9094 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9095 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9096 return; 9097 } 9098 Init = Result.get(); 9099 } 9100 9101 // Perform the initialization. 9102 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9103 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9104 InitializationKind Kind 9105 = DirectInit ? 9106 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9107 Init->getLocStart(), 9108 Init->getLocEnd()) 9109 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9110 VDecl->getLocation()) 9111 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9112 Init->getLocStart()); 9113 9114 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9115 if (CXXDirectInit) 9116 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9117 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9118 9119 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9120 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9121 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9122 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9123 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9124 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9125 }); 9126 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9127 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9128 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9129 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9130 } 9131 } 9132 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9133 return; 9134 9135 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9136 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9137 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9138 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9139 return; 9140 } 9141 9142 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9143 } 9144 9145 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9146 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9147 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9148 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9149 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9150 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9151 } 9152 9153 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9154 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9155 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9156 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9157 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9158 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9159 9160 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9161 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9162 9163 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9164 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9165 9166 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9167 // Although this code can still have problems: 9168 // id x = self.weakProp; 9169 // id y = self.weakProp; 9170 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9171 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9172 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9173 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9174 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9175 Init->getLocStart())) 9176 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9177 } 9178 9179 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9180 // 9181 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9182 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9183 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9184 // 9185 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9186 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9187 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9188 // 9189 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9190 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9191 false, 9192 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9193 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9194 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9195 return; 9196 } 9197 Init = Result.get(); 9198 9199 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9200 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9201 9202 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9203 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9204 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9205 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9206 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9207 const Expr *Culprit; 9208 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9209 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9210 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9211 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9212 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9213 // constant expressions. 9214 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9215 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9216 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9217 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9218 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9219 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9220 } 9221 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9222 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9223 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9224 // 9225 // struct S { 9226 // static const int value = 17; 9227 // }; 9228 9229 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9230 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9231 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9232 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9233 // 9234 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9235 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9236 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9237 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9238 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9239 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9240 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9241 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9242 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9243 9244 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9245 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9246 9247 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9248 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9249 // type. 9250 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9251 9252 // Require constness. 9253 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9254 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9255 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9256 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9257 9258 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9259 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9260 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9261 SourceLocation Loc; 9262 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9263 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9264 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9265 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9266 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9267 ; // Nothing to check. 9268 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9269 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9270 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9271 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9272 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9273 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9274 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9275 } else { 9276 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9277 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9278 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9279 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9280 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9281 } 9282 9283 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9284 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9285 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9286 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9287 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9288 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9289 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9290 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9291 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9292 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9293 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9294 } else { 9295 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9296 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9297 9298 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9299 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9300 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9301 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9302 } 9303 } 9304 9305 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9306 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9307 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9308 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9309 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9310 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9311 9312 } else { 9313 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9314 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9315 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9316 } 9317 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9318 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9319 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9320 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9321 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9322 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9323 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9324 9325 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9326 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9327 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9328 } 9329 9330 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9331 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9332 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9333 // 9334 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9335 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9336 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9337 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9338 // special case code. 9339 9340 // C++ 8.5p11: 9341 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9342 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9343 // class type. 9344 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9345 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9346 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9347 } else if (DirectInit) { 9348 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9349 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9350 } 9351 9352 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9353 } 9354 9355 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9356 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9357 /// of sanity. 9358 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9359 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9360 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9361 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9362 9363 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9364 if (!VD) return; 9365 9366 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9367 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9368 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9369 return; 9370 } 9371 9372 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9373 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9374 9375 // Require a complete type. 9376 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9377 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9378 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9379 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9380 return; 9381 } 9382 9383 // Require a non-abstract type. 9384 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9385 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9386 AbstractVariableType)) { 9387 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9388 return; 9389 } 9390 9391 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9392 // though. 9393 } 9394 9395 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9396 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9397 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9398 if (!RealDecl) 9399 return; 9400 9401 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9402 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9403 9404 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9405 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9406 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9407 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9408 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9409 return; 9410 } 9411 9412 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9413 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9414 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9415 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9416 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9417 // member. 9418 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9419 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9420 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9421 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9422 << Var->getDeclName(); 9423 else 9424 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9425 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9426 return; 9427 } 9428 9429 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9430 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9431 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9432 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9433 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9434 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9435 return; 9436 } 9437 9438 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9439 // be initialized. 9440 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9441 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9442 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9443 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9444 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9445 return; 9446 } 9447 9448 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9449 case VarDecl::Definition: 9450 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9451 break; 9452 9453 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9454 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9455 // a declaration. 9456 // 9457 // Fall through 9458 9459 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9460 // It's only a declaration. 9461 9462 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9463 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9464 // object shall be complete. 9465 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9466 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9467 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9468 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9469 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9470 9471 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9472 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9473 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9474 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9475 AbstractVariableType)) 9476 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9477 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9478 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9479 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9480 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9481 } 9482 9483 return; 9484 9485 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9486 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9487 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9488 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9489 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9490 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9491 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9492 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9493 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9494 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9495 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9496 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9497 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9498 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9499 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9500 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9501 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9502 // NOTE: code such as the following 9503 // static struct s; 9504 // struct s { int a; }; 9505 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9506 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9507 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9508 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9509 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9510 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9511 } 9512 } 9513 9514 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9515 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9516 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9517 return; 9518 } 9519 9520 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9521 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9522 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9523 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9524 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9525 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9526 return; 9527 } 9528 9529 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9530 // definitions with reference type. 9531 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9532 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9533 << Var->getDeclName() 9534 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9535 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9536 return; 9537 } 9538 9539 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9540 // variable with dependent type. 9541 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9542 return; 9543 9544 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9545 return; 9546 9547 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9548 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9549 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9550 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9551 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9552 return; 9553 } 9554 } else { 9555 return; 9556 } 9557 9558 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9559 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9560 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9561 AbstractVariableType)) { 9562 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9563 return; 9564 } 9565 9566 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9567 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9568 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9569 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9570 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9571 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9572 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9573 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9574 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9575 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9576 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9577 if (const RecordType *Record 9578 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9579 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9580 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9581 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9582 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9583 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9584 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9585 } 9586 } 9587 9588 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9589 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9590 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9591 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9592 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9593 // type shall have a user-declared default 9594 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9595 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9596 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9597 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9598 // program is ill-formed. 9599 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9600 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9601 // default-initialized; [...]. 9602 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9603 InitializationKind Kind 9604 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9605 9606 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9607 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9608 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9609 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9610 else if (Init.get()) { 9611 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9612 // This is important for template substitution. 9613 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9614 } 9615 9616 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9617 } 9618 } 9619 9620 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9621 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9622 if (!VD) { 9623 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9624 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9625 return; 9626 } 9627 9628 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9629 9630 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9631 int Error = -1; 9632 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9633 case SC_None: 9634 break; 9635 case SC_Extern: 9636 Error = 0; 9637 break; 9638 case SC_Static: 9639 Error = 1; 9640 break; 9641 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9642 Error = 2; 9643 break; 9644 case SC_Auto: 9645 Error = 3; 9646 break; 9647 case SC_Register: 9648 Error = 4; 9649 break; 9650 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9651 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9652 } 9653 if (Error != -1) { 9654 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9655 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9656 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9657 } 9658 } 9659 9660 StmtResult 9661 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9662 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9663 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9664 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9665 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9666 // A range-based for statement of the form 9667 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9668 // is equivalent to 9669 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9670 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9671 9672 const char *PrevSpec; 9673 unsigned DiagID; 9674 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9675 getPrintingPolicy()); 9676 9677 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9678 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9679 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9680 9681 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9682 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9683 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9684 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9685 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9686 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9687 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9688 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9689 } 9690 9691 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9692 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9693 9694 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9695 // local retaining variable. 9696 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9697 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9698 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9699 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9700 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9701 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9702 break; 9703 9704 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9705 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9706 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9707 break; 9708 } 9709 } 9710 9711 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9712 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9713 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9714 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9715 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9716 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9717 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9718 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9719 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9720 var->getLocation())) { 9721 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9722 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9723 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9724 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9725 9726 if (!prev) 9727 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9728 } 9729 9730 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9731 const Expr *Culprit; 9732 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9733 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9734 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9735 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9736 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9737 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9738 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9739 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9740 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9741 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9742 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9743 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9744 // initialization. 9745 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9746 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9747 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9748 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9749 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9750 } 9751 9752 } 9753 9754 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9755 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9756 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9757 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9758 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9759 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9760 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9761 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9762 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9763 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9764 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9765 } else { 9766 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9767 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9768 } 9769 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9770 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9771 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9772 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9773 } 9774 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9775 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9776 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9777 9778 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9779 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9780 // attribute. 9781 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9782 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9783 CurInitSegLoc)); 9784 } 9785 9786 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9787 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9788 9789 QualType type = var->getType(); 9790 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9791 9792 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9793 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9794 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9795 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9796 9797 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9798 // constructing this copy. 9799 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9800 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9801 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9802 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9803 ExprResult result 9804 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9805 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9806 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9807 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9808 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9809 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9810 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9811 } 9812 } 9813 } 9814 9815 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9816 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9817 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9818 9819 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9820 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9821 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9822 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9823 var->getLocation())) { 9824 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9825 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9826 // warned about them. 9827 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9828 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9829 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9830 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9831 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9832 } 9833 9834 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9835 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9836 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9837 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9838 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9839 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9840 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9841 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9842 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9843 Notes.clear(); 9844 } 9845 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9846 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9847 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9848 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9849 } 9850 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9851 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9852 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9853 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9854 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9855 } 9856 } 9857 9858 // Require the destructor. 9859 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9860 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9861 } 9862 9863 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9864 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9865 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9866 return true; 9867 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9868 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9869 return true; 9870 return false; 9871 } 9872 9873 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9874 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9875 void 9876 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9877 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9878 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9879 9880 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9881 if (!VD) 9882 return; 9883 9884 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9885 9886 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 9887 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 9888 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 9889 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 9890 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 9891 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 9892 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 9893 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 9894 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 9895 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 9896 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 9897 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 9898 } 9899 } 9900 } 9901 9902 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9903 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9904 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9905 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9906 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9907 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9908 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9909 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9910 } 9911 } 9912 } 9913 9914 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9915 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9916 9917 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9918 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9919 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9920 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9921 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9922 // with a warning. 9923 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9924 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9925 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9926 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9927 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9928 9929 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9930 IsClassTemplateMember 9931 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9932 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9933 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9934 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9935 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9936 } 9937 } 9938 9939 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9940 // isn't exported with the variable. 9941 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9942 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9943 << DLLAttr; 9944 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9945 } 9946 9947 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9948 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9949 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9950 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9951 } 9952 } 9953 9954 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9955 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9956 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9957 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9958 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9959 9960 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9961 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9962 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9963 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9964 9965 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9966 // tag values. 9967 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9968 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9969 return; 9970 9971 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9972 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9973 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9974 continue; 9975 } 9976 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9977 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9978 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9979 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9980 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9981 continue; 9982 } 9983 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9984 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9985 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9986 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9987 continue; 9988 } 9989 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9990 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9991 MagicValue, 9992 I->getMatchingCType(), 9993 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9994 I->getMustBeNull()); 9995 } 9996 } 9997 9998 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9999 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10000 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10001 10002 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10003 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10004 10005 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10006 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10007 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10008 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10009 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10010 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10011 Decls.push_back(D); 10012 } 10013 10014 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10015 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10016 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10017 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 10018 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10019 } 10020 } 10021 10022 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10023 } 10024 10025 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10026 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10027 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10028 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10029 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10030 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10031 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10032 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10033 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10034 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10035 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10036 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10037 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10038 QualType Deduced; 10039 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10040 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10041 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10042 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10043 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10044 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10045 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10046 break; 10047 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10048 if (!U.isNull()) { 10049 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10050 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10051 Deduced = U; 10052 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10053 DeducedDecl = D; 10054 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10055 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10056 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10057 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10058 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10059 << U << D->getDeclName() 10060 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10061 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10062 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10063 break; 10064 } 10065 } 10066 } 10067 } 10068 } 10069 10070 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10071 10072 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10073 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10074 } 10075 10076 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10077 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10078 } 10079 10080 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10081 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10082 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10083 return; 10084 10085 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10086 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10087 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10088 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10089 return; 10090 10091 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10092 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10093 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10094 // additional declaration references: 10095 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10096 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10097 // 'struct S *pS;' 10098 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10099 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10100 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10101 Group = Group.slice(1); 10102 } 10103 } 10104 10105 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10106 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10107 if (!Comments.empty() && 10108 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10109 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10110 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10111 // 10112 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10113 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10114 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10115 // ahead through comments. 10116 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10117 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10118 } 10119 } 10120 10121 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10122 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10123 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10124 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10125 10126 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10127 10128 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10129 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10130 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10131 SC = SC_Register; 10132 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10133 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10134 SC = SC_Auto; 10135 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10136 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10137 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10138 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10139 } 10140 10141 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10142 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10143 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10144 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10145 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10146 << 0; 10147 10148 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10149 10150 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10151 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10152 10153 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10154 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10155 // parameter. 10156 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10157 10158 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10159 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10160 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10161 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10162 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10163 } 10164 } 10165 10166 // Ensure we have a valid name 10167 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10168 if (D.hasName()) { 10169 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10170 if (!II) { 10171 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10172 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10173 D.setInvalidType(true); 10174 } 10175 } 10176 10177 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10178 if (II) { 10179 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10180 ForRedeclaration); 10181 LookupName(R, S); 10182 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10183 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10184 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10185 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10186 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10187 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10188 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10189 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10190 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10191 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10192 10193 // Recover by removing the name 10194 II = nullptr; 10195 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10196 D.setInvalidType(true); 10197 } 10198 } 10199 } 10200 10201 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10202 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10203 // looking like class members in C++. 10204 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10205 D.getLocStart(), 10206 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10207 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10208 SC); 10209 10210 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10211 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10212 10213 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10214 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10215 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10216 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10217 10218 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10219 S->AddDecl(New); 10220 if (II) 10221 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10222 10223 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10224 10225 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10226 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10227 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10228 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10229 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10230 10231 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10232 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10233 } 10234 return New; 10235 } 10236 10237 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10238 /// typedef. 10239 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10240 SourceLocation Loc, 10241 QualType T) { 10242 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10243 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10244 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10245 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10246 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10247 SC_None, nullptr); 10248 Param->setImplicit(); 10249 return Param; 10250 } 10251 10252 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10253 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10254 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10255 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10256 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10257 return; 10258 10259 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10260 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10261 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10262 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10263 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10264 } 10265 } 10266 } 10267 10268 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10269 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10270 QualType ReturnTy, 10271 NamedDecl *D) { 10272 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10273 return; 10274 10275 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10276 // threshold. 10277 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10278 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10279 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10280 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10281 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10282 } 10283 10284 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10285 // threshold. 10286 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10287 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10288 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10289 continue; 10290 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10291 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10292 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10293 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10294 } 10295 } 10296 10297 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10298 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10299 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10300 StorageClass SC) { 10301 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10302 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10303 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10304 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10305 10306 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10307 10308 // Special cases for arrays: 10309 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10310 // - otherwise, it's an error 10311 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10312 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10313 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10314 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10315 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10316 } 10317 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10318 } else { 10319 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10320 } 10321 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10322 } 10323 10324 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10325 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10326 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10327 10328 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10329 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10330 // the class has been completely parsed. 10331 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10332 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10333 AbstractParamType)) 10334 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10335 10336 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10337 // passed by reference. 10338 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10339 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10340 Diag(NameLoc, 10341 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10342 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10343 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10344 New->setType(T); 10345 } 10346 10347 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10348 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10349 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10350 // an address space. 10351 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10352 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10353 // to be qualified with an address space. 10354 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10355 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10356 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10357 } 10358 } 10359 10360 return New; 10361 } 10362 10363 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10364 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10365 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10366 10367 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10368 // for a K&R function. 10369 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10370 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10371 --i; 10372 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10373 SmallString<256> Code; 10374 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10375 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10376 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10377 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10378 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10379 10380 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10381 // type. 10382 AttributeFactory attrs; 10383 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10384 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10385 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10386 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10387 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10388 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10389 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10390 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10391 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10392 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10393 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10394 } 10395 } 10396 } 10397 } 10398 10399 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10400 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10401 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10402 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10403 10404 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10405 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10406 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10407 } 10408 10409 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10410 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10411 } 10412 10413 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10414 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10415 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10416 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10417 return false; 10418 10419 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10420 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10421 return false; 10422 10423 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10424 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10425 return false; 10426 10427 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10428 if (FD->isMain()) 10429 return false; 10430 10431 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10432 if (FD->isInlined()) 10433 return false; 10434 10435 // Don't warn about function templates. 10436 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10437 return false; 10438 10439 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10440 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10441 return false; 10442 10443 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10444 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10445 return false; 10446 10447 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10448 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10449 return false; 10450 10451 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10452 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10453 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10454 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10455 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10456 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10457 continue; 10458 10459 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10460 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10461 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10462 break; 10463 } 10464 10465 return MissingPrototype; 10466 } 10467 10468 void 10469 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10470 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10471 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10472 // was an extern inline function. 10473 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10474 if (!Definition) 10475 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10476 return; 10477 10478 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10479 return; 10480 10481 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10482 // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it. 10483 // 10484 // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition 10485 // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types 10486 // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types. 10487 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10488 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10489 Definition->isInlined() || 10490 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10491 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) 10492 return; 10493 10494 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10495 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10496 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10497 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10498 else 10499 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10500 10501 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10502 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10503 } 10504 10505 10506 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10507 Sema &S) { 10508 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10509 10510 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10511 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10512 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10513 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10514 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10515 10516 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10517 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10518 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10519 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10520 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10521 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10522 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10523 10524 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10525 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10526 10527 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10528 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10529 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10530 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10531 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10532 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10533 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10534 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10535 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10536 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10537 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10538 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10539 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10540 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10541 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10542 10543 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10544 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10545 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10546 } else { 10547 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10548 } 10549 ++I; 10550 } 10551 } 10552 10553 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10554 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10555 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10556 10557 if (!D) 10558 return D; 10559 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10560 10561 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10562 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10563 else 10564 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10565 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10566 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10567 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10568 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10569 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10570 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10571 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10572 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10573 // have the LSI properly restored. 10574 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10575 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10576 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10577 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10578 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10579 } 10580 else 10581 // Enter a new function scope 10582 PushFunctionScope(); 10583 10584 // See if this is a redefinition. 10585 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10586 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10587 10588 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10589 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10590 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10591 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10592 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10593 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10594 } 10595 } 10596 10597 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10598 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10599 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10600 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10601 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10602 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10603 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10604 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10605 10606 if (FnBodyScope) 10607 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10608 10609 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10610 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10611 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10612 10613 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10614 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10615 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10616 10617 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10618 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10619 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10620 10621 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10622 } 10623 } 10624 10625 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10626 // introduce them into the function scope. 10627 if (FnBodyScope) { 10628 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10629 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10630 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10631 I != E; ++I) { 10632 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10633 10634 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10635 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10636 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10637 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10638 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10639 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10640 if (DI == D) { 10641 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10642 break; 10643 } 10644 } 10645 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10646 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10647 } 10648 10649 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10650 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10651 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10652 10653 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10654 // accessible in this scope. 10655 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10656 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10657 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10658 } 10659 } 10660 } 10661 10662 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10663 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10664 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10665 10666 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10667 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10668 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10669 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10670 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10671 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10672 return D; 10673 } 10674 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10675 // a function template). 10676 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10677 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10678 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10679 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10680 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10681 10682 return D; 10683 } 10684 10685 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10686 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10687 /// optimization. 10688 /// 10689 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10690 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10691 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10692 /// use the named return value optimization. 10693 /// 10694 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10695 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10696 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10697 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10698 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10699 10700 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10701 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10702 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10703 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10704 } 10705 } 10706 } 10707 10708 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10709 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10710 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10711 return false; 10712 10713 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10714 // return type (yet). 10715 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10716 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10717 // we can still delay parsing it. 10718 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10719 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10720 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10721 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10722 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10723 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10724 } 10725 } 10726 return false; 10727 } 10728 10729 return true; 10730 } 10731 10732 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10733 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10734 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10735 // rest of the file. 10736 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10737 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10738 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10739 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10740 return false; 10741 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10742 } 10743 10744 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10745 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10746 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10747 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10748 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10749 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10750 } 10751 10752 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10753 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10754 } 10755 10756 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10757 bool IsInstantiation) { 10758 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10759 10760 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10761 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10762 10763 if (FD) { 10764 FD->setBody(Body); 10765 10766 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10767 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10768 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10769 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10770 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10771 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10772 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10773 << FD->getReturnType(); 10774 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10775 } else { 10776 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10777 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10778 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10779 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10780 } 10781 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10782 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10783 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10784 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10785 10786 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10787 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10788 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10789 QualType RetType = 10790 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10791 10792 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10793 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10794 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10795 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10796 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10797 } 10798 } 10799 10800 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10801 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10802 // is the first declaration. 10803 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10804 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10805 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10806 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10807 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10808 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10809 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10810 } 10811 10812 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10813 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10814 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10815 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10816 10817 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10818 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10819 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10820 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10821 10822 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10823 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10824 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10825 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10826 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10827 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10828 10829 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10830 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10831 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10832 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10833 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10834 10835 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10836 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10837 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10838 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10839 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10840 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10841 } 10842 10843 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10844 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10845 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10846 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10847 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10848 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10849 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10850 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10851 10852 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10853 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10854 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10855 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10856 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10857 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10858 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10859 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10860 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10861 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10862 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10863 } 10864 } 10865 } 10866 10867 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10868 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10869 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10870 MD->isVirtual() && 10871 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10872 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10873 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10874 if (FD->isInlined() && 10875 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10876 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10877 10878 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10879 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10880 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10881 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10882 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10883 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10884 } else { 10885 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10886 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10887 } 10888 } 10889 } 10890 10891 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10892 "Function parsing confused"); 10893 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10894 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10895 MD->setBody(Body); 10896 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10897 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10898 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10899 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10900 10901 if (Body) 10902 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10903 } 10904 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10905 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10906 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10907 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10908 } 10909 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10910 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10911 bool isDesignated = 10912 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10913 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10914 (void)isDesignated; 10915 10916 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10917 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10918 if (!IFace) 10919 return false; 10920 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10921 if (!SuperD) 10922 return false; 10923 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10924 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10925 }; 10926 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10927 // of NSObject. 10928 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10929 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10930 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10931 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10932 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10933 } 10934 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10935 } 10936 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10937 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10938 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10939 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10940 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10941 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10942 } 10943 } else { 10944 return nullptr; 10945 } 10946 10947 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10948 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10949 "handled in the block above."); 10950 10951 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10952 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 10953 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10954 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10955 // Verify this. 10956 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10957 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10958 10959 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10960 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10961 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10962 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10963 10964 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10965 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10966 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10967 10968 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10969 Destructor->getParent()); 10970 } 10971 10972 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10973 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10974 // deletion in some later function. 10975 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10976 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10977 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10978 } 10979 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10980 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10981 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10982 // enabled. 10983 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10984 } 10985 10986 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10987 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10988 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10989 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10990 10991 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10992 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10993 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10994 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10995 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10996 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10997 break; 10998 } 10999 } 11000 } 11001 11002 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11003 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11004 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11005 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11006 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11007 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11008 } 11009 11010 if (!IsInstantiation) 11011 PopDeclContext(); 11012 11013 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11014 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11015 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11016 // deletion in some later function. 11017 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11018 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11019 } 11020 11021 return dcl; 11022 } 11023 11024 11025 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11026 /// relevant Decl. 11027 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11028 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11029 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11030 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11031 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11032 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11033 11034 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11035 if (Method->isStatic()) 11036 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11037 } 11038 11039 11040 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11041 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11042 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11043 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11044 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11045 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11046 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11047 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11048 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11049 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11050 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11051 return ExternCPrev; 11052 } 11053 11054 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11055 unsigned diag_id; 11056 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11057 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11058 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11059 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11060 else 11061 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11062 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11063 11064 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11065 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11066 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11067 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11068 if (S && 11069 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11070 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11071 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11072 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11073 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11074 } 11075 11076 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11077 const char *Dummy; 11078 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11079 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11080 unsigned DiagID; 11081 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11082 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11083 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11084 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11085 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11086 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11087 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11088 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11089 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11090 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11091 /*NumParams=*/0, 11092 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11093 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11094 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11095 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11096 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11097 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11098 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11099 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11100 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11101 EST_None, 11102 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 11103 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11104 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11105 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11106 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11107 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11108 Loc, Loc, D), 11109 DS.getAttributes(), 11110 SourceLocation()); 11111 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11112 11113 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11114 11115 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11116 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11117 11118 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11119 FD->setImplicit(); 11120 11121 CurContext = PrevDC; 11122 11123 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11124 11125 return FD; 11126 } 11127 11128 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11129 /// the declaration of this function. 11130 /// 11131 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11132 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11133 /// like NSLog or printf. 11134 /// 11135 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11136 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11137 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11138 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11139 return; 11140 11141 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11142 // actual attributes. 11143 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11144 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11145 unsigned FormatIdx; 11146 bool HasVAListArg; 11147 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11148 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11149 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11150 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11151 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11152 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11153 fmt = "NSString"; 11154 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11155 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11156 FormatIdx+1, 11157 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11158 FD->getLocation())); 11159 } 11160 } 11161 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11162 HasVAListArg)) { 11163 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11164 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11165 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11166 FormatIdx+1, 11167 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11168 FD->getLocation())); 11169 } 11170 11171 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11172 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11173 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11174 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11175 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11176 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11177 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11178 } 11179 11180 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11181 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11182 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11183 FD->getLocation())); 11184 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11185 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11186 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11187 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11188 } 11189 11190 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11191 if (!Name) 11192 return; 11193 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11194 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11195 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11196 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11197 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11198 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11199 // about. 11200 } else 11201 return; 11202 11203 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11204 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11205 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11206 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11207 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11208 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11209 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11210 FD->getLocation())); 11211 } 11212 11213 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11214 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11215 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11216 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11217 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11218 FD->getLocation())); 11219 } 11220 } 11221 11222 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11223 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11224 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11225 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11226 11227 if (!TInfo) { 11228 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11229 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11230 } 11231 11232 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11233 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11234 D.getLocStart(), 11235 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11236 D.getIdentifier(), 11237 TInfo); 11238 11239 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11240 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11241 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11242 return NewTD; 11243 } 11244 11245 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11246 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11247 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11248 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11249 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11250 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11251 else 11252 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11253 } 11254 11255 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11256 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11257 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11258 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11259 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11260 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11261 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11262 case TST_enum: 11263 case TST_struct: 11264 case TST_interface: 11265 case TST_union: 11266 case TST_class: { 11267 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11268 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11269 break; 11270 } 11271 11272 default: 11273 break; 11274 } 11275 11276 return NewTD; 11277 } 11278 11279 11280 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11281 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11282 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11283 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11284 11285 if (T->isDependentType()) 11286 return false; 11287 11288 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11289 if (BT->isInteger()) 11290 return false; 11291 11292 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11293 return true; 11294 } 11295 11296 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11297 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11298 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11299 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11300 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11301 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11302 11303 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11304 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11305 << Prev->isScoped(); 11306 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11307 return true; 11308 } 11309 11310 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11311 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11312 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11313 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11314 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11315 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11316 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11317 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11318 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11319 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11320 return true; 11321 } 11322 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11323 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11324 << Prev->isFixed(); 11325 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11326 return true; 11327 } 11328 11329 return false; 11330 } 11331 11332 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11333 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11334 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11335 /// 11336 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11337 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11338 switch (Tag) { 11339 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11340 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11341 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11342 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11343 } 11344 } 11345 11346 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11347 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11348 /// 11349 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11350 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11351 { 11352 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11353 } 11354 11355 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11356 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11357 /// 11358 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11359 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11360 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11361 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11362 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11363 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11364 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11365 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11366 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11367 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11368 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11369 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11370 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11371 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11372 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11373 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11374 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11375 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11376 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11377 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11378 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11379 return true; 11380 11381 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11382 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11383 bool isTemplate = false; 11384 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11385 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11386 11387 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11388 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11389 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11390 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11391 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11392 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11393 return true; 11394 } 11395 11396 if (isDefinition) { 11397 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11398 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11399 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11400 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11401 return true; 11402 } 11403 11404 bool previousMismatch = false; 11405 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11406 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11407 if (!previousMismatch) { 11408 previousMismatch = true; 11409 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11410 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11411 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11412 } 11413 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11414 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11415 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11416 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11417 } 11418 } 11419 return true; 11420 } 11421 11422 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11423 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11424 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11425 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11426 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11427 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11428 return true; 11429 } 11430 11431 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11432 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11433 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11434 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11435 11436 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11437 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11438 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11439 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11440 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11441 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11442 } 11443 11444 return true; 11445 } 11446 return false; 11447 } 11448 11449 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11450 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11451 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11452 /// namespace N { 11453 /// struct X; 11454 /// namespace M { 11455 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11456 /// } 11457 /// } 11458 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11459 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11460 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11461 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11462 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11463 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11464 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11465 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11466 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11467 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11468 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11469 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11470 return FixItHint(); 11471 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11472 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11473 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11474 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11475 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11476 break; 11477 } 11478 11479 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11480 // build an NNS. 11481 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11482 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11483 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11484 OS << "::"; 11485 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11486 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11487 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11488 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11489 } 11490 11491 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11492 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11493 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11494 /// using-declaration). 11495 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11496 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11497 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11498 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11499 11500 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11501 return true; 11502 11503 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11504 // encloses the other). 11505 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11506 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11507 return true; 11508 11509 return false; 11510 } 11511 11512 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11513 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11514 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11515 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11516 /// 11517 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11518 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11519 /// 11520 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11521 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11522 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11523 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11524 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11525 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11526 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11527 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11528 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11529 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11530 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11531 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11532 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11533 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11534 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11535 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11536 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11537 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11538 11539 OwnedDecl = false; 11540 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11541 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11542 11543 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11544 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11545 bool Invalid = false; 11546 11547 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11548 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11549 // for non-C++ cases. 11550 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11551 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11552 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11553 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11554 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11555 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11556 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11557 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11558 return nullptr; 11559 } 11560 11561 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11562 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11563 // be a member of another template). 11564 11565 if (Invalid) 11566 return nullptr; 11567 11568 OwnedDecl = false; 11569 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11570 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11571 TemplateParams, AS, 11572 ModulePrivateLoc, 11573 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11574 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11575 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11576 SkipBody); 11577 return Result.get(); 11578 } else { 11579 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11580 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11581 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11582 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11583 } 11584 } 11585 } 11586 11587 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11588 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11589 // redeclaration. 11590 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11591 11592 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11593 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11594 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11595 // type, default to int. 11596 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11597 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11598 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11599 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11600 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11601 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11602 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11603 11604 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11605 // Recover by falling back to int. 11606 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11607 11608 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11609 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11610 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11611 11612 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11613 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11614 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11615 } 11616 11617 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11618 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11619 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11620 11621 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11622 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11623 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11624 11625 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11626 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11627 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11628 11629 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11630 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11631 Name = nullptr; 11632 goto CreateNewDecl; 11633 } 11634 11635 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11636 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11637 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11638 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11639 if (!DC) { 11640 IsDependent = true; 11641 return nullptr; 11642 } 11643 } else { 11644 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11645 if (!DC) { 11646 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11647 << SS.getRange(); 11648 return nullptr; 11649 } 11650 } 11651 11652 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11653 return nullptr; 11654 11655 SearchDC = DC; 11656 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11657 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11658 11659 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11660 return nullptr; 11661 11662 if (Previous.empty()) { 11663 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11664 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11665 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11666 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11667 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11668 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11669 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11670 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11671 IsDependent = true; 11672 return nullptr; 11673 } 11674 11675 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11676 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11677 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11678 Name = nullptr; 11679 Invalid = true; 11680 goto CreateNewDecl; 11681 } 11682 } else if (Name) { 11683 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11684 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11685 // name different from T: 11686 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11687 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11688 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11689 return nullptr; 11690 11691 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11692 // declaration or definition. 11693 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11694 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11695 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11696 LookupName(Previous, S); 11697 11698 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11699 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11700 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11701 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11702 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11703 while (F.hasNext()) { 11704 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11705 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11706 F.erase(); 11707 } 11708 F.done(); 11709 } 11710 11711 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11712 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11713 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11714 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11715 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11716 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11717 // 11718 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11719 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11720 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11721 // 11722 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11723 // semantic context? 11724 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11725 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11726 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11727 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11728 while (F.hasNext()) { 11729 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11730 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11731 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11732 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11733 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11734 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11735 else 11736 F.erase(); 11737 } 11738 } 11739 F.done(); 11740 11741 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11742 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11743 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11744 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11745 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11746 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11747 } 11748 } 11749 11750 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11751 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11752 return nullptr; 11753 11754 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11755 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11756 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11757 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11758 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11759 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11760 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11761 } 11762 } 11763 11764 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11765 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11766 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11767 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11768 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11769 Previous.clear(); 11770 } 11771 11772 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11773 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11774 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11775 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11776 11777 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11778 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11779 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11780 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11781 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11782 } 11783 } 11784 11785 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11786 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11787 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11788 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11789 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11790 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11791 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11792 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11793 11794 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11795 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11796 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11797 // 11798 // class-key identifier 11799 // 11800 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11801 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11802 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11803 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11804 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11805 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11806 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11807 // declaration. 11808 // 11809 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11810 // C structs and unions. 11811 // 11812 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11813 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11814 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11815 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11816 // 11817 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11818 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11819 // 11820 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11821 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11822 // lexical context, 11823 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11824 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11825 11826 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11827 while (S->isClassScope() || 11828 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11829 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11830 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11831 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11832 S = S->getParent(); 11833 } else { 11834 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11835 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11836 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11837 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11838 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11839 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11840 } 11841 11842 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11843 // diagnose some problems. 11844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11845 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11846 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11847 } 11848 } 11849 11850 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11851 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11852 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11853 11854 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11855 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11856 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11857 11858 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11859 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11860 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11861 // in C++. 11862 // 11863 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11864 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11865 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11866 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11867 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11868 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11869 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11870 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11871 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11872 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11873 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11874 PrevDecl = Tag; 11875 Previous.clear(); 11876 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11877 Previous.resolveKind(); 11878 } 11879 } 11880 } 11881 } 11882 11883 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 11884 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 11885 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 11886 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 11887 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 11888 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11889 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 11890 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 11891 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 11892 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 11893 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 11894 diag::note_using_decl_target); 11895 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 11896 << 0; 11897 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 11898 Previous.clear(); 11899 goto CreateNewDecl; 11900 } 11901 } 11902 11903 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11904 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11905 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11906 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11907 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11908 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11909 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11910 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11911 // struct or something similar. 11912 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11913 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11914 Name)) { 11915 bool SafeToContinue 11916 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11917 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11918 if (SafeToContinue) 11919 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11920 << Name 11921 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11922 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11923 else 11924 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11925 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11926 11927 if (SafeToContinue) 11928 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11929 else { 11930 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11931 Name = nullptr; 11932 Previous.clear(); 11933 Invalid = true; 11934 } 11935 } 11936 11937 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11938 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11939 11940 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11941 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11942 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11943 if (ScopedEnum) 11944 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11945 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11946 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11947 return PrevTagDecl; 11948 } 11949 11950 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11951 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11952 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11953 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11954 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11955 11956 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11957 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11958 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11959 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11960 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11961 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11962 } 11963 11964 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11965 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11966 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11967 // and then later defined. 11968 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11969 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11970 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11971 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11972 } 11973 11974 if (!Invalid) { 11975 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11976 // we have attributes. 11977 11978 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11979 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11980 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11981 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11982 if (!Attr && 11983 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11984 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11985 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11986 return PrevTagDecl; 11987 11988 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11989 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11990 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11991 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11992 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11993 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11994 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11995 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11996 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11997 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11998 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11999 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12000 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12001 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12002 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12003 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12004 } 12005 12006 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12007 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12008 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12009 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12010 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12011 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12012 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12013 // use it in place of this one. 12014 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12015 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12016 return Def; 12017 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12018 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12019 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12020 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12021 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12022 else 12023 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12024 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12025 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12026 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12027 // references get the previous definition. 12028 Name = nullptr; 12029 Previous.clear(); 12030 Invalid = true; 12031 } 12032 } else { 12033 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12034 // about a nested redefinition. 12035 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12036 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12037 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12038 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12039 diag::note_previous_definition); 12040 Name = nullptr; 12041 Previous.clear(); 12042 Invalid = true; 12043 } 12044 } 12045 12046 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12047 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12048 } 12049 12050 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12051 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12052 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12053 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12054 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12055 AS = AS_none; 12056 } 12057 } 12058 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12059 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12060 12061 } else { 12062 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12063 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12064 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12065 // have distinct types. 12066 Previous.clear(); 12067 } 12068 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12069 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12070 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12071 12072 12073 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12074 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12075 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12076 } else { 12077 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12078 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12079 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12080 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12081 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12082 unsigned Kind = 0; 12083 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12084 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12085 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12086 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12087 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12088 Invalid = true; 12089 12090 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12091 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12092 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12093 // do nothing 12094 12095 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12096 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12097 unsigned Kind = 0; 12098 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12099 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12100 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12101 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12102 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12103 Invalid = true; 12104 12105 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12106 // case here. 12107 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12108 unsigned Kind = 0; 12109 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12110 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12111 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12112 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12113 Invalid = true; 12114 12115 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12116 } else { 12117 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12118 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12119 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12120 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12121 Name = nullptr; 12122 Invalid = true; 12123 } 12124 12125 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12126 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12127 Previous.clear(); 12128 } 12129 } 12130 12131 CreateNewDecl: 12132 12133 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12134 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12135 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12136 12137 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12138 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12139 // keyword. 12140 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12141 12142 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12143 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12144 // PrevDecl. 12145 TagDecl *New; 12146 12147 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12148 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12149 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12150 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12151 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12152 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12153 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12154 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12155 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12156 TagDecl *Def; 12157 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12158 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12159 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12160 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12161 } 12162 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12163 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12164 << New; 12165 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12166 } else { 12167 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12168 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12169 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12170 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12171 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12172 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12173 12174 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12175 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12176 // the declaration context. 12177 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12178 IsForwardReference = true; 12179 } 12180 } 12181 12182 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12183 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12184 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12185 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12186 else 12187 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12188 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12189 } 12190 12191 } else { 12192 // struct/union/class 12193 12194 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12195 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12196 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12197 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12198 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12199 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12200 12201 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12202 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12203 } else 12204 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12205 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12206 } 12207 12208 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12209 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12210 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12211 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12212 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12213 Invalid = true; 12214 } 12215 12216 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12217 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12218 if (SS.isSet()) { 12219 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12220 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12221 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12222 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12223 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12224 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12225 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12226 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12227 Invalid = true; 12228 12229 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12230 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12231 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12232 } 12233 } 12234 else 12235 Invalid = true; 12236 } 12237 12238 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12239 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12240 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12241 // 12242 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12243 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12244 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12245 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12246 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12247 // parsing of the struct). 12248 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12249 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12250 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12251 } 12252 } 12253 12254 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12255 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12256 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12257 << 2 12258 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12259 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12260 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12261 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12262 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12263 New->setModulePrivate(); 12264 } 12265 12266 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12267 // check the specialization. 12268 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12269 Invalid = true; 12270 12271 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12272 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12273 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12274 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12275 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12276 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12277 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12278 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12279 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12280 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12281 << Name; 12282 Invalid = true; 12283 } 12284 } else { 12285 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12286 } 12287 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12288 } 12289 12290 if (Invalid) 12291 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12292 12293 if (Attr) 12294 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12295 12296 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12297 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12298 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12299 12300 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12301 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12302 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12303 // the tag name visible. 12304 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12305 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12306 12307 // Set the access specifier. 12308 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12309 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12310 12311 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12312 New->startDefinition(); 12313 12314 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12315 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12316 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12317 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12318 if (PrevDecl) 12319 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12320 12321 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12322 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12323 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12324 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12325 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12326 } else if (Name) { 12327 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12328 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12329 if (IsForwardReference) 12330 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12331 12332 } else { 12333 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12334 } 12335 12336 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12337 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12338 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12339 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12340 II->isStr("FILE")) 12341 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12342 12343 if (PrevDecl) 12344 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12345 12346 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12347 // record. 12348 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12349 12350 OwnedDecl = true; 12351 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12352 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12353 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12354 } 12355 12356 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12357 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12358 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12359 12360 // Enter the tag context. 12361 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12362 12363 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12364 12365 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12366 // record. 12367 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12368 } 12369 12370 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12371 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12372 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12373 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12374 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12375 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12376 CurContext = OCD; 12377 return IDecl; 12378 } 12379 12380 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12381 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12382 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12383 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12384 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12385 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12386 12387 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12388 12389 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12390 return; 12391 12392 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12393 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12394 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12395 12396 // C++ [class]p2: 12397 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12398 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12399 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12400 // as if it were a public member name. 12401 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12402 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12403 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12404 Record->getIdentifier(), 12405 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12406 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12407 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12408 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12409 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12410 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12411 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12412 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12413 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12414 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12415 } 12416 12417 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12418 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12419 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12420 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12421 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12422 12423 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12424 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12425 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12426 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12427 RD->completeDefinition(); 12428 } 12429 12430 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12431 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12432 12433 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12434 PopDeclContext(); 12435 12436 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12437 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12438 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12439 12440 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12441 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12442 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12443 } 12444 12445 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12446 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12447 PopDeclContext(); 12448 } 12449 12450 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12451 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12452 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12453 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12454 } 12455 12456 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12457 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12458 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12459 } 12460 12461 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12462 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12463 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12464 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12465 12466 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12467 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12468 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12469 RD->completeDefinition(); 12470 } 12471 12472 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12473 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12474 // the FieldCollector. 12475 12476 PopDeclContext(); 12477 } 12478 12479 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12480 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12481 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12482 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12483 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12484 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12485 if (ZeroWidth) 12486 *ZeroWidth = true; 12487 12488 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12489 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12490 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12491 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12492 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12493 return ExprError(); 12494 if (FieldName) 12495 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12496 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12497 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12498 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12499 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12500 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12501 return ExprError(); 12502 12503 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12504 // it now. 12505 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12506 return BitWidth; 12507 12508 llvm::APSInt Value; 12509 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12510 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12511 return ICE; 12512 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12513 12514 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12515 *ZeroWidth = false; 12516 12517 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12518 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12519 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12520 12521 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12522 if (FieldName) 12523 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12524 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12525 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12526 << Value.toString(10); 12527 } 12528 12529 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12530 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12531 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12532 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12533 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12534 if (FieldName) 12535 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12536 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12537 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12538 12539 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12540 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12541 } 12542 12543 if (FieldName) 12544 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12545 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12546 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12547 else 12548 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12549 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12550 } 12551 } 12552 12553 return BitWidth; 12554 } 12555 12556 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12557 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12558 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12559 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12560 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12561 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12562 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12563 return Res; 12564 } 12565 12566 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12567 /// 12568 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12569 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12570 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12571 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12572 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12573 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12574 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12575 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12576 12577 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12578 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12580 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12581 12582 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12583 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12584 D.setInvalidType(); 12585 T = Context.IntTy; 12586 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12587 } 12588 } 12589 12590 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12591 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12592 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12593 D.setInvalidType(); 12594 } 12595 12596 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12597 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12598 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12599 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12600 D.setInvalidType(); 12601 } 12602 12603 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12604 12605 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12606 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12607 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12608 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12609 12610 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12611 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12612 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12613 LookupName(Previous, S); 12614 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12615 case LookupResult::Found: 12616 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12617 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12618 break; 12619 12620 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12621 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12622 break; 12623 12624 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12625 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12626 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12627 break; 12628 } 12629 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12630 12631 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12632 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12633 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12634 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12635 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12636 } 12637 12638 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12639 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12640 12641 bool Mutable 12642 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12643 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12644 FieldDecl *NewFD 12645 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12646 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12647 12648 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12649 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12650 12651 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12652 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12653 12654 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12655 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12656 // with the same name in the same scope. 12657 } else if (II) { 12658 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12659 } else 12660 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12661 12662 return NewFD; 12663 } 12664 12665 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12666 /// 12667 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12668 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12669 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12670 /// created. 12671 /// 12672 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12673 /// 12674 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12675 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12676 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12677 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12678 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12679 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12680 SourceLocation TSSL, 12681 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12682 Declarator *D) { 12683 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12684 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12685 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12686 12687 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12688 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12689 if (T.isNull()) { 12690 InvalidDecl = true; 12691 T = Context.IntTy; 12692 } 12693 12694 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12695 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12696 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12697 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12698 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12699 InvalidDecl = true; 12700 } else { 12701 NamedDecl *Def; 12702 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12703 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12704 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12705 InvalidDecl = true; 12706 } 12707 } 12708 } 12709 12710 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12711 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12712 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12713 InvalidDecl = true; 12714 } 12715 12716 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12717 // than a variably modified type. 12718 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12719 bool SizeIsNegative; 12720 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12721 12722 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12723 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12724 SizeIsNegative, 12725 Oversized); 12726 if (FixedTInfo) { 12727 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12728 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12729 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12730 } else { 12731 if (SizeIsNegative) 12732 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12733 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12734 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12735 << Oversized.toString(10); 12736 else 12737 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12738 InvalidDecl = true; 12739 } 12740 } 12741 12742 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12743 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12744 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12745 AbstractFieldType)) 12746 InvalidDecl = true; 12747 12748 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12749 if (InvalidDecl) 12750 BitWidth = nullptr; 12751 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12752 if (BitWidth) { 12753 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12754 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12755 if (!BitWidth) { 12756 InvalidDecl = true; 12757 BitWidth = nullptr; 12758 ZeroWidth = false; 12759 } 12760 } 12761 12762 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12763 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12764 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12765 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12766 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12767 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12768 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12769 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12770 12771 if (DiagID) { 12772 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12773 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12774 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12775 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12776 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12777 Mutable = false; 12778 InvalidDecl = true; 12779 } 12780 } 12781 } 12782 12783 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12784 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12785 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12786 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12787 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12788 12789 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12790 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12791 if (InvalidDecl) 12792 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12793 12794 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12795 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12796 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12797 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12798 } 12799 12800 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12801 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12802 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12803 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12804 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12805 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12806 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12807 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12808 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12809 // objects. 12810 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12811 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12812 } 12813 } 12814 12815 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12816 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12817 // enabled. 12818 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12819 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12820 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12821 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12822 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12823 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12824 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12825 } 12826 } 12827 } 12828 12829 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12830 // representation, not a parser representation. 12831 if (D) { 12832 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12833 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12834 12835 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12836 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12837 } 12838 12839 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12840 // retainable type. 12841 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12843 12844 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12845 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12846 12847 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12848 return NewFD; 12849 } 12850 12851 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12852 assert(FD); 12853 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12854 12855 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12856 return false; 12857 12858 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12859 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12860 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12861 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12862 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12863 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12864 // copy constructors. 12865 12866 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12867 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12868 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12869 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12870 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12871 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12872 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12873 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12874 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12875 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12876 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12877 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12878 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12879 member = CXXDestructor; 12880 12881 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12882 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12883 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12884 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12885 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12886 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12887 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12888 // members unavailable. 12889 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12890 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12891 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12892 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12893 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12894 Loc)); 12895 return false; 12896 } 12897 } 12898 12899 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12900 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12901 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12902 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12903 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12904 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12905 } 12906 } 12907 } 12908 12909 return false; 12910 } 12911 12912 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12913 /// AST enum value. 12914 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12915 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12916 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12917 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12918 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12919 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12920 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12921 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12922 } 12923 } 12924 12925 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12926 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12927 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12928 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12929 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12930 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12931 12932 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12933 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12934 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12935 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12936 12937 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12938 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12939 12940 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12941 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12942 12943 if (BitWidth) { 12944 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12945 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12946 if (!BitWidth) 12947 D.setInvalidType(); 12948 } else { 12949 // Not a bitfield. 12950 12951 // validate II. 12952 12953 } 12954 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12955 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12956 D.setInvalidType(); 12957 } 12958 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12959 // than a variably modified type. 12960 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12961 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12962 D.setInvalidType(); 12963 } 12964 12965 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12966 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12967 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12968 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12969 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12970 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12971 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12972 return nullptr; 12973 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12974 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12975 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12976 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12977 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12978 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12979 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12980 } 12981 else 12982 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12983 } else { 12984 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12985 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12986 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12988 return nullptr; 12989 } 12990 } 12991 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12992 } 12993 12994 // Construct the decl. 12995 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12996 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12997 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12998 12999 if (II) { 13000 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13001 ForRedeclaration); 13002 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13003 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13004 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13005 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13006 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13007 } 13008 } 13009 13010 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13011 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13012 13013 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13014 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13015 13016 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13017 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13018 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13019 13020 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13021 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13022 13023 if (II) { 13024 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13025 // these to the interface. 13026 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13027 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13028 } 13029 13030 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13031 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13032 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13033 13034 return NewID; 13035 } 13036 13037 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13038 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13039 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13040 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13041 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13042 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13043 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13044 return; 13045 13046 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13047 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13048 13049 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13050 return; 13051 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13052 if (!ID) { 13053 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13054 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13055 return; 13056 } 13057 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13058 else 13059 return; 13060 } 13061 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13062 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13063 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13064 13065 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13066 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13067 Context.CharTy, 13068 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13069 DeclLoc), 13070 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13071 true); 13072 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13073 } 13074 13075 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13076 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13077 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13078 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13079 13080 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13081 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13082 // it will now change. 13083 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13084 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13085 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13086 default: break; 13087 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13088 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13089 break; 13090 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13091 Context. 13092 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13093 break; 13094 } 13095 } 13096 13097 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13098 13099 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13100 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13101 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13102 if (Record) { 13103 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13104 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13105 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13106 ++NumNamedMembers; 13107 } 13108 } 13109 13110 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13111 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13112 13113 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13114 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13115 i != end; ++i) { 13116 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13117 13118 // Get the type for the field. 13119 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13120 13121 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13122 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13123 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13124 } 13125 13126 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13127 // diagnostics about it. 13128 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13129 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13130 continue; 13131 } 13132 13133 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13134 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13135 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13136 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13137 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13138 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13139 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13140 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13141 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13142 // array. 13143 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13144 // Field declared as a function. 13145 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13146 << FD->getDeclName(); 13147 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13148 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13149 continue; 13150 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13151 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13152 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13153 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13154 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13155 // Flexible array member. 13156 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13157 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13158 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13159 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13160 if (Record->isUnion()) 13161 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13162 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13163 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13164 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13165 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13166 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13167 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13168 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13169 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13170 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13171 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13172 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13173 : 0; 13174 13175 if (DiagID) 13176 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13177 << Record->getTagKind(); 13178 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13179 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13180 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13181 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13182 // of the type. 13183 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13184 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13185 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13186 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13187 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13188 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13189 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13190 13191 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13192 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13193 // 13194 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13195 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13196 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13197 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13198 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13199 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13200 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13201 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13202 continue; 13203 } 13204 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13205 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13206 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13207 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13208 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13209 // Incomplete type 13210 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13211 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13212 continue; 13213 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13214 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13215 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13216 // flexible array member. 13217 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13218 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13219 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13220 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13221 // structures. 13222 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13223 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13224 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13225 else { 13226 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13227 // other structs as an extension. 13228 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13229 << FD->getDeclName(); 13230 } 13231 } 13232 } 13233 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13234 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13235 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13236 AbstractIvarType)) { 13237 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13238 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13239 } 13240 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13241 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13242 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13243 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13244 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13245 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13246 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13247 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13248 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13249 FD->setType(T); 13250 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13251 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13252 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13253 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13254 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13255 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13256 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13257 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13258 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13259 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13260 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13261 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13262 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13263 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13264 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13265 loc)); 13266 } 13267 } else { 13268 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13269 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13270 } 13271 ARCErrReported = true; 13272 } 13273 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13274 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13275 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13276 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13277 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13278 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13279 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13280 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13281 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13282 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13283 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13284 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13285 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13286 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13287 } 13288 } 13289 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13290 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13291 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13292 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13293 ++NumNamedMembers; 13294 } 13295 13296 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13297 if (Record) { 13298 bool Completed = false; 13299 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13300 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13301 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13302 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13303 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13304 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13305 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13306 13307 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13308 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13309 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13310 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13311 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13312 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13313 } 13314 13315 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13316 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13317 13318 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13319 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13320 // problem now. 13321 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13322 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13323 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13324 13325 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13326 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13327 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13328 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13329 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13330 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13331 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13332 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13333 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13334 continue; 13335 13336 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13337 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13338 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13339 // program is ill-formed. 13340 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13341 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13342 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13343 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13344 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13345 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13346 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13347 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13348 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13349 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13350 13351 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13352 } 13353 } 13354 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13355 Completed = true; 13356 } 13357 } 13358 } 13359 } 13360 13361 if (!Completed) 13362 Record->completeDefinition(); 13363 13364 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13365 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13366 13367 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13368 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13369 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13370 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13371 } 13372 13373 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13374 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13375 // compatibility problems. 13376 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13377 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13378 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13379 } else { 13380 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13381 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13382 CheckForZeroSize = 13383 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13384 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13385 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13386 } 13387 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13388 bool ZeroSize = true; 13389 bool IsEmpty = true; 13390 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13391 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13392 E = Record->field_end(); 13393 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13394 IsEmpty = false; 13395 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13396 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13397 ZeroSize = false; 13398 } else { 13399 ++NonBitFields; 13400 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13401 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13402 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13403 ZeroSize = false; 13404 } 13405 } 13406 13407 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13408 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13409 // extern "C" block. 13410 if (ZeroSize) { 13411 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13412 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13413 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13414 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13415 } 13416 13417 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13418 // but are accepted by GCC. 13419 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13420 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13421 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13422 << Record->isUnion(); 13423 } 13424 } 13425 } else { 13426 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13427 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13428 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13429 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13430 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13431 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13432 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13433 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13434 } 13435 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13436 // duplicates. 13437 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13438 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13439 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13440 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13441 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13442 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13443 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13444 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13445 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13446 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13447 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13448 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13449 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13450 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13451 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13452 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13453 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13454 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13455 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13456 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13457 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13458 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13459 if (IDecl) { 13460 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13461 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13462 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13463 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13464 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13465 continue; 13466 } 13467 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13468 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13469 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13470 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13471 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13472 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13473 continue; 13474 } 13475 } 13476 } 13477 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13478 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13479 } 13480 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13481 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13482 } 13483 } 13484 13485 if (Attr) 13486 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13487 } 13488 13489 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13490 /// the given type T. 13491 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13492 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13493 QualType T) { 13494 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13495 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13496 13497 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13498 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13499 --BitWidth; 13500 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13501 } 13502 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13503 } 13504 13505 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13506 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13507 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13508 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13509 // enum checking below. 13510 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13511 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13512 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13513 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13514 }; 13515 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13516 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13517 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13518 }; 13519 13520 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13521 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13522 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13523 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13524 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13525 return Types[I]; 13526 13527 return QualType(); 13528 } 13529 13530 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13531 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13532 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13533 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13534 Expr *Val) { 13535 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13536 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13537 QualType EltTy; 13538 13539 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13540 Val = nullptr; 13541 13542 if (Val) 13543 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13544 13545 if (Val) { 13546 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13547 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13548 else { 13549 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13550 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13551 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13552 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13553 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13554 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13555 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13556 ExprResult Converted = 13557 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13558 CCEK_Enumerator); 13559 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13560 Val = nullptr; 13561 else 13562 Val = Converted.get(); 13563 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13564 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13565 &EnumVal).get())) { 13566 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13567 } else { 13568 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13569 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13570 13571 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13572 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13573 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13574 // expression checking. 13575 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13576 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13577 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13578 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13579 } else 13580 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13581 } else 13582 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13583 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13584 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13585 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13586 // is the type of its initializing value: 13587 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13588 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13589 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13590 } else { 13591 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13592 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13593 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13594 // representable as an int. 13595 13596 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13597 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13598 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13599 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13600 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13601 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13602 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13603 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13604 } 13605 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13606 } 13607 } 13608 } 13609 } 13610 13611 if (!Val) { 13612 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13613 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13614 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13615 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13616 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13617 // is the type of its initializing value: 13618 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13619 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13620 // 13621 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13622 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13623 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13624 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13625 } 13626 else { 13627 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13628 } 13629 } else { 13630 // Assign the last value + 1. 13631 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13632 ++EnumVal; 13633 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13634 13635 // Check for overflow on increment. 13636 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13637 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13638 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13639 // is the type of its initializing value: 13640 // 13641 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13642 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13643 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13644 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13645 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13646 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13647 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13648 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13649 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13650 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13651 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13652 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13653 ++EnumVal; 13654 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13655 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13656 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13657 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13658 << EltTy; 13659 else 13660 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13661 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13662 } else { 13663 EltTy = T; 13664 } 13665 13666 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13667 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13668 // value, then increment. 13669 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13670 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13671 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13672 ++EnumVal; 13673 13674 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13675 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13676 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13677 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13678 // integral type. 13679 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13680 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13681 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13682 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13683 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13684 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13685 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13686 } 13687 } 13688 } 13689 13690 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13691 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13692 // enumerator's type. 13693 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13694 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13695 } 13696 13697 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13698 Val, EnumVal); 13699 } 13700 13701 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13702 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13703 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13704 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13705 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13706 13707 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13708 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13709 // skip the body. 13710 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13711 ForRedeclaration); 13712 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13713 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13714 if (PrevECD && 13715 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13716 &Hidden)) { 13717 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13718 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13719 return Skip; 13720 } 13721 13722 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13723 } 13724 13725 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13726 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13727 AttributeList *Attr, 13728 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13729 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13730 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13731 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13732 13733 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13734 // we find one that is. 13735 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13736 13737 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13738 // scope. 13739 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13740 ForRedeclaration); 13741 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13742 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13743 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13744 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13745 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13746 } 13747 13748 if (PrevDecl) { 13749 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13750 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13751 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13752 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13753 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13754 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13755 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13756 else 13757 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13758 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13759 return nullptr; 13760 } 13761 } 13762 13763 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13764 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13765 // different from T: 13766 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13767 // enumerated type 13768 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13769 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13770 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13771 13772 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13773 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13774 13775 if (New) { 13776 // Process attributes. 13777 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13778 13779 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13780 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13781 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13782 } 13783 13784 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13785 13786 return New; 13787 } 13788 13789 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13790 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13791 // Element2 = Element1 13792 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13793 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13794 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13795 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13796 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13797 if (!InitExpr) 13798 return true; 13799 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13800 13801 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13802 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13803 return true; 13804 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13805 if (!IL) 13806 return true; 13807 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13808 return true; 13809 13810 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13811 } 13812 13813 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13814 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13815 if (!DRE) 13816 return true; 13817 13818 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13819 if (!EnumConstant) 13820 return true; 13821 13822 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13823 Enum) 13824 return true; 13825 13826 return false; 13827 } 13828 13829 struct DupKey { 13830 int64_t val; 13831 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13832 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13833 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13834 }; 13835 13836 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13837 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13838 false); 13839 } 13840 13841 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13842 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13843 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13844 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13845 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13846 } 13847 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13848 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13849 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13850 } 13851 }; 13852 13853 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13854 // a previous element has already been set to. 13855 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13856 EnumDecl *Enum, 13857 QualType EnumType) { 13858 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13859 return; 13860 // Avoid anonymous enums 13861 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13862 return; 13863 13864 // Only check for small enums. 13865 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13866 return; 13867 13868 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13869 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13870 13871 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13872 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13873 ValueToVectorMap; 13874 13875 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13876 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13877 13878 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13879 // an initialier. 13880 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13881 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13882 13883 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13884 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13885 if (!ECD) { 13886 return; 13887 } 13888 13889 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13890 continue; 13891 13892 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13893 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13894 13895 // First time encountering this value. 13896 if (Entry.isNull()) 13897 Entry = ECD; 13898 } 13899 13900 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13901 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13902 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13903 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13904 continue; 13905 13906 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13907 13908 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13909 if (Entry.isNull()) 13910 continue; 13911 13912 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13913 // Ensure constants are different. 13914 if (D == ECD) 13915 continue; 13916 13917 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13918 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13919 Vec->push_back(D); 13920 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13921 13922 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13923 Entry = Vec; 13924 13925 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13926 // diagnostics. 13927 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13928 continue; 13929 } 13930 13931 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13932 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13933 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13934 continue; 13935 13936 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13937 } 13938 13939 // Emit diagnostics. 13940 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13941 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13942 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13943 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13944 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13945 13946 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13947 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13948 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13949 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13950 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13951 ++I; 13952 13953 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13954 // the same value. 13955 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13956 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13957 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13958 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13959 delete Vec; 13960 } 13961 } 13962 13963 bool 13964 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13965 bool AllowMask) const { 13966 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13967 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13968 13969 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13970 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13971 13972 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13973 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13974 13975 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13976 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13977 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13978 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13979 // 13980 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13981 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13982 // likely a logic error. 13983 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13984 return true; 13985 13986 if (AllowMask) { 13987 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13988 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13989 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13990 // benefit of the doubt. 13991 // 13992 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13993 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13994 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13995 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13996 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13997 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13998 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13999 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 14000 return true; 14001 } 14002 14003 return false; 14004 } 14005 14006 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14007 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14008 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14009 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14010 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14011 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14012 14013 if (Attr) 14014 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14015 14016 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14017 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14018 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14019 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14020 if (!ECD) continue; 14021 14022 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14023 } 14024 14025 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14026 return; 14027 } 14028 14029 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14030 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14031 // emit a warning. 14032 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14033 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14034 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14035 14036 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14037 // reverse the list. 14038 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14039 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14040 14041 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14042 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14043 14044 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14045 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14046 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14047 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14048 14049 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14050 14051 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14052 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14053 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14054 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14055 else 14056 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14057 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14058 14059 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14060 if (AllElementsInt) 14061 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14062 } 14063 14064 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14065 QualType BestType; 14066 unsigned BestWidth; 14067 14068 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14069 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14070 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14071 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14072 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14073 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14074 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14075 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14076 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14077 QualType BestPromotionType; 14078 14079 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14080 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14081 // enum definitions. 14082 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14083 Packed = true; 14084 14085 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14086 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14087 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14088 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14089 else 14090 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14091 14092 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14093 } 14094 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14095 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14096 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14097 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14098 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14099 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14100 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14101 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14102 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14103 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14104 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14105 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14106 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14107 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14108 } else { 14109 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14110 14111 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14112 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14113 } else { 14114 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14115 14116 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14117 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14118 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14119 } 14120 } 14121 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14122 } else { 14123 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14124 // all of the enumerator values. 14125 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14126 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14127 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14128 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14129 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14130 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14131 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14132 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14133 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14134 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14135 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14136 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14137 BestPromotionType 14138 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14139 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14140 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14141 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14142 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14143 BestPromotionType 14144 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14145 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14146 } else { 14147 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14148 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14149 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14150 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14151 BestPromotionType 14152 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14153 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14154 } 14155 } 14156 14157 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 14158 if (FEAttr) 14159 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 14160 14161 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14162 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 14163 // FlagBits cache. 14164 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14165 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14166 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14167 14168 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14169 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14170 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14171 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14172 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14173 14174 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14175 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14176 14177 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14178 // the enum decl type. 14179 QualType NewTy; 14180 unsigned NewWidth; 14181 bool NewSign; 14182 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14183 !Enum->isFixed() && 14184 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14185 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14186 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14187 NewSign = true; 14188 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14189 // Already the right type! 14190 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14191 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14192 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14193 // enumeration. 14194 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14195 goto flagbits; 14196 } else { 14197 NewTy = BestType; 14198 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14199 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14200 } 14201 14202 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14203 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14204 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14205 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14206 14207 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14208 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14209 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14210 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14211 CK_IntegralCast, 14212 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14213 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14214 VK_RValue)); 14215 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14216 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14217 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14218 // enumeration. 14219 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14220 else 14221 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14222 14223 flagbits: 14224 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 14225 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 14226 if (FEAttr) { 14227 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 14228 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 14229 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 14230 } 14231 } 14232 } 14233 14234 if (FEAttr) { 14235 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14236 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14237 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14238 14239 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14240 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14241 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14242 << ECD << Enum; 14243 } 14244 } 14245 14246 14247 14248 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14249 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14250 14251 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14252 14253 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14254 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14255 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14256 } 14257 14258 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14259 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14260 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14261 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14262 14263 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14264 AsmString, StartLoc, 14265 EndLoc); 14266 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14267 return New; 14268 } 14269 14270 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14271 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14272 DeclContext *DC) { 14273 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14274 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14275 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14276 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14277 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14278 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14279 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14280 return; 14281 } 14282 break; 14283 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14284 break; 14285 } 14286 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14287 } 14288 14289 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14290 DC = DC->getParent(); 14291 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14292 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14293 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14294 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14295 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14296 << DC; 14297 } 14298 } 14299 14300 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14301 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14302 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14303 Module *Mod = 14304 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14305 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14306 if (!Mod) 14307 return true; 14308 14309 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14310 14311 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14312 14313 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14314 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14315 // silently ignoring the import. 14316 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14317 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14318 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14319 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14320 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14321 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14322 14323 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14324 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14325 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14326 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14327 // We need the length to be consistent. 14328 if (!ModCheck) 14329 break; 14330 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14331 14332 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14333 } 14334 14335 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14336 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14337 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14338 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14339 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14340 return Import; 14341 } 14342 14343 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14344 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14345 14346 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14347 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14348 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14349 // 14350 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14351 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14352 TUKind == TU_Module && 14353 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14354 14355 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14356 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14357 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14358 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14359 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14360 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14361 DirectiveLoc); 14362 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14363 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14364 } 14365 14366 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14367 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14368 } 14369 14370 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14371 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14372 14373 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14374 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14375 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14376 } 14377 14378 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14379 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14380 14381 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14382 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14383 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14384 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14385 } 14386 } 14387 14388 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14389 Module *Mod) { 14390 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14391 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14392 return; 14393 14394 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14395 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14396 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14397 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14398 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14399 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14400 14401 // Make the module visible. 14402 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14403 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14404 } 14405 14406 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14407 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14408 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14409 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14410 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14411 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14412 LookupOrdinaryName); 14413 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14414 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14415 14416 // If a declaration that: 14417 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14418 // 2) has external linkage 14419 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14420 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14421 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14422 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14423 else 14424 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14425 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14426 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14427 } else 14428 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14429 } 14430 14431 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14432 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14433 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14434 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14435 14436 if (PrevDecl) { 14437 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14438 } else { 14439 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14440 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14441 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14442 } 14443 } 14444 14445 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14446 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14447 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14448 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14449 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14450 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14451 LookupOrdinaryName); 14452 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14453 14454 if (PrevDecl) { 14455 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14456 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14457 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14458 } else { 14459 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14460 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14461 } 14462 } 14463 14464 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14465 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14466 } 14467 14468 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14469 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14470 if (!D) 14471 return AR_Available; 14472 14473 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14474 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14475 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14476 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14477 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14478 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14479 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14480 if (R != AR_Available) 14481 return R; 14482 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14483 } 14484 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14485 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14486 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14487 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14488 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14489 } 14490 // Recover from user error. 14491 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14492 } 14493